TWI733870B - Composite sheet for forming protective film - Google Patents

Composite sheet for forming protective film Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI733870B
TWI733870B TW106126075A TW106126075A TWI733870B TW I733870 B TWI733870 B TW I733870B TW 106126075 A TW106126075 A TW 106126075A TW 106126075 A TW106126075 A TW 106126075A TW I733870 B TWI733870 B TW I733870B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
protective film
forming
film
mass
meth
Prior art date
Application number
TW106126075A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201837136A (en
Inventor
米山裕之
山本大輔
古野健太
Original Assignee
日商琳得科股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商琳得科股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商琳得科股份有限公司
Publication of TW201837136A publication Critical patent/TW201837136A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI733870B publication Critical patent/TWI733870B/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/02Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/04Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof the devices having at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier, e.g. PN junction, depletion layer or carrier concentration layer
    • H01L21/50Assembly of semiconductor devices using processes or apparatus not provided for in a single one of the subgroups H01L21/06 - H01L21/326, e.g. sealing of a cap to a base of a container
    • H01L21/56Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulation layers, coatings
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/02Physical, chemical or physicochemical properties
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J201/00Adhesives based on unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L24/00Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
    • H01L24/01Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L24/26Layer connectors, e.g. plate connectors, solder or adhesive layers; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L27/00Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
    • H01L27/02Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components specially adapted for rectifying, oscillating, amplifying or switching and having at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier; including integrated passive circuit elements with at least one potential-jump barrier or surface barrier

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Dicing (AREA)
  • Adhesive Tapes (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Inorganic Insulating Materials (AREA)
  • Physical Vapour Deposition (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a sheet (1A) for forming protective film, including: a base material (11), an adhesive layer (12) and a protective film-forming film (13), wherein formed by laminating the adhesive layer (12) and the protective film-forming film (13) in this order on the base material (11), wherein the haze of a support sheet which is the laminate of the base material and the adhesive layer (12) is higher than 45%, wherein the permeation clarity of the support sheet is 100 or more. According to this sheet (1A) for forming a protective film, it is possible to form a protective film that allows for the laser printability and visibility of printing on the protective film.

Description

保護膜形成用複合片 Composite sheet for forming protective film

本發明係關於一種保護膜形成用複合片。 The present invention relates to a composite sheet for forming a protective film.

本申請案主張基於2017年3月30日在日本提出申請之日本特願2017-068187號的優先權,並將該申請案的內容引用至本文中。 This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2017-068187 filed in Japan on March 30, 2017, and the content of this application is cited herein.

近年來,業界使用稱為所謂的倒裝(face down)方式之安裝方法來製造半導體裝置。倒裝方式中,使用於電路面上具有凸塊(bump)等電極之半導體晶片,將前述電極與基板接合。因此,會有半導體晶片中的與電路面為相反側的背面裸露之情形。 In recent years, the industry has used a so-called face down mounting method to manufacture semiconductor devices. In the flip-chip method, a semiconductor wafer having electrodes such as bumps on the circuit surface is used to join the electrodes to the substrate. Therefore, the back surface of the semiconductor chip opposite to the circuit surface may be exposed.

會有於該裸露之半導體晶片背面形成由有機材料構成之樹脂膜作為保護膜,並將如此形成保護膜而獲得之附有保護膜之半導體晶片組入至半導體裝置之情形。保護膜係用以防止切割(dicing)步驟以後之步驟中半導體晶片產生破裂或缺損,亦即防止所謂碎片(chipping)。 There may be cases in which a resin film made of an organic material is formed as a protective film on the back of the exposed semiconductor chip, and the protective film-attached semiconductor chip obtained by forming the protective film in this way is incorporated into a semiconductor device. The protective film is used to prevent the semiconductor wafer from cracking or chipping in the steps after the dicing step, that is, to prevent the so-called chipping.

形成此種保護膜時,使用於支持片上具備保護膜形成用膜之保護膜形成用複合片。作為前述支持片,例如使用於樹脂製基材上積層黏著劑層等而成之積層片。前述保護膜形成用複合片中,保護膜形成用膜具有形成保護膜之功能,並且支持片能夠發揮作為切割片(dicing sheet)之功能,可謂為保護膜形成用膜與切割片形成為一體之保護膜形成用複合片。 When forming such a protective film, use a composite sheet for protective film formation provided with a film for protective film formation on a support sheet. As the aforementioned support sheet, for example, a laminated sheet obtained by laminating an adhesive layer or the like on a resin base material is used. In the aforementioned composite sheet for forming a protective film, the film for forming a protective film has the function of forming a protective film, and the support sheet can function as a dicing sheet, which can be said to be a combination of the film for forming a protective film and the dicing sheet. Composite sheet for protective film formation.

另一方面,半導體裝置之製造過程中,會有於貼附於半導體晶圓或半導體晶片之保護膜之支持片側之面藉由照射雷射光而進行印字(本說明書中,有時稱為「雷射印字」)之情形。此時,雷射光係自支持片(基材)中的形成有保護膜之側的相反側經由支持片而照射。並且,印字係經由支持片進行觀測。 On the other hand, during the manufacturing process of semiconductor devices, the surface of the support sheet attached to the semiconductor wafer or the protective film of the semiconductor chip is printed by irradiating laser light (in this manual, sometimes referred to as "ray "Shooting printing"). At this time, the laser beam is irradiated through the support sheet from the side opposite to the side on which the protective film is formed in the support sheet (base material). And, the printing system is observed through the supporting sheet.

另外,半導體裝置之製造過程中,會有經由前述支持片及這些保護膜形成用膜或保護膜,藉由紅外線相機等檢測具備保護膜形成用膜或保護膜之半導體晶圓或半導體晶片的狀態之情形。 In addition, during the manufacturing process of the semiconductor device, the state of the semiconductor wafer or semiconductor wafer equipped with the protective film formation film or protective film may be detected by an infrared camera or the like through the aforementioned support sheet and the protective film formation film or protective film. The situation.

如此,半導體裝置之製造過程中,會有經由支持片進行雷射印字或者觀測保護膜形成用膜、保護膜、半導體晶圓或半導體晶片之情形。並且,支持片之構成對這些印字或觀測之精度造成較大影響。 In this way, during the manufacturing process of the semiconductor device, there may be cases in which laser printing is performed through the support sheet, or the protective film forming film, protective film, semiconductor wafer, or semiconductor wafer may be observed. In addition, the composition of the supporting film has a greater impact on the accuracy of these printing or observations.

例如,此前揭示有一種保護膜形成用複合片,於切割 步驟後之半導體晶片之檢測中,光線透過率高,半導體晶片的影像視認性優異(參照專利文獻1)。構成保護膜形成用複合片中之支持片之基材中,為了防止捲取成捲筒(roll)狀時基材彼此黏附亦即所謂黏連(blocking),通常至少一表面成為凹凸面。並且,因存在該凹凸面而有以下問題:支持片產生白濁,無法清晰地觀測到包含有保護膜之半導體晶片,半導體晶片的視認性差。對此,專利文獻1中所揭示之樹脂膜形成用複合片中,藉由於基材的凹凸面上積層黏著劑層,並將支持片的霧度設為45%以下,而提高經由支持片之半導體晶片的視認性。 For example, previously disclosed a composite sheet for forming a protective film, In the inspection of the semiconductor wafer after the step, the light transmittance is high, and the image visibility of the semiconductor wafer is excellent (refer to Patent Document 1). In the base material constituting the support sheet in the protective film forming composite sheet, in order to prevent the base materials from adhering to each other when rolled into a roll shape, that is, so-called blocking, at least one surface is usually uneven. In addition, the presence of the uneven surface has the following problem: the support sheet is cloudy, the semiconductor wafer including the protective film cannot be clearly observed, and the visibility of the semiconductor wafer is poor. In this regard, in the composite sheet for forming a resin film disclosed in Patent Document 1, an adhesive layer is laminated on the uneven surface of the base material, and the haze of the support sheet is set to 45% or less, thereby improving the performance of the support sheet. The visibility of semiconductor wafers.

[先前技術文獻] [Prior Technical Literature] [專利文獻] [Patent Literature]

專利文獻1:日本特許第5432853號公報。 Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent No. 5432853.

但是,即便經由支持片之半導體晶片的視認性高,經由支持片之保護膜的雷射印字性亦未必優異。原因在於,即便支持片可提高半導體晶片的視認性,經由此種支持片之保護膜的雷射印字及印字視認亦未必良好地進行。並且,關於專利文獻1中所揭示之保護膜形成用複合片,尚不明確雷射印字性是否優異。 However, even if the visibility of the semiconductor chip through the support sheet is high, the laser printability through the protective film of the support sheet is not necessarily excellent. The reason is that even if the supporting sheet can improve the visibility of the semiconductor chip, the laser printing and printing visibility via the protective film of the supporting sheet may not be performed well. In addition, regarding the composite sheet for forming a protective film disclosed in Patent Document 1, it is not yet clear whether or not the laser printability is excellent.

因此,本發明提供一種保護膜形成用複合片,係具備基材,且於前述基材上依序積層黏著劑層及保護膜形成用膜而構成,對由前述保護膜形成用膜所形成之保護膜的雷射印字性優異,且保護膜的印字視認性亦優異。 Therefore, the present invention provides a composite sheet for forming a protective film. The protective film has excellent laser printability, and the protective film has excellent print visibility.

亦即,本發明之第1態樣之保護膜形成用複合片係具備基材,且於前述基材上依序積層黏著劑層及保護膜形成用膜而成,作為前述基材及前述黏著劑層之積層物之支持片的霧度係高於45%,前述支持片的透過清晰度為100以上。 That is, the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the first aspect of the present invention includes a substrate, and an adhesive layer and a film for forming a protective film are sequentially laminated on the substrate as the substrate and the adhesive The haze of the support sheet of the laminate of the agent layer is higher than 45%, and the transmission clarity of the aforementioned support sheet is more than 100.

上述態樣之保護膜形成用複合片中,亦可於前述黏著劑層中的具備前述保護膜形成用膜之側的表面中未積層前述保護膜形成用膜之區域,具備治具用接著劑層。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film of the above aspect may be provided with an adhesive for jigs in the area where the film for forming the protective film is not laminated on the surface of the adhesive layer on the side where the film for forming the protective film is provided Floor.

前述保護膜形成用膜亦可為能量線硬化性。 The film for forming a protective film may be energy ray curable.

前述保護膜形成用膜亦可為熱硬化性。 The film for forming a protective film may be thermosetting.

前述保護膜形成用膜亦可為非硬化性。 The film for forming a protective film may be non-curable.

前述黏著劑層亦可為能量線硬化性或非能量線硬化性。 The aforementioned adhesive layer may also be energy ray curable or non-energy ray curable.

前述黏著劑層的厚度亦可為3μm至20μm。 The thickness of the aforementioned adhesive layer may also be 3 μm to 20 μm.

亦可為前述基材的一表面的表面粗糙度(Ra)為0.11μm以上,且於前述表面粗糙度的表面以直接接觸之方式積層前述黏著劑層。 It is also possible that the surface roughness (Ra) of one surface of the substrate is 0.11 μm or more, and the adhesive layer is laminated on the surface of the surface roughness in direct contact.

(1)一種保護膜形成用複合片,係具備基材,且於前述基材上依序積層黏著劑層及保護膜形成用膜而成,作為前述基材及前述黏著劑層之積層物之支持片的霧度係高於45%,前述支持片的透過清晰度為100以上。 (1) A composite sheet for forming a protective film, comprising a substrate, and an adhesive layer and a protective film forming film are sequentially laminated on the substrate, as a laminate of the substrate and the adhesive layer The haze of the support sheet is higher than 45%, and the transmission clarity of the aforementioned support sheet is more than 100.

(2)如(1)所記載之保護膜形成用複合片,其中於前述黏著劑層中的具備前述保護膜形成用膜之側的表面中未積層前述保護膜形成用膜之區域,具備治具用接著劑層。 (2) The composite sheet for forming a protective film as described in (1), wherein the surface of the adhesive layer on the side where the film for forming the protective film is not laminated with the film for forming the protective film is provided with a treatment With adhesive layer.

(3)如(1)或(2)所記載之保護膜形成用複合片,其中前述保護膜形成用膜為能量線硬化性。 (3) The composite sheet for forming a protective film as described in (1) or (2), wherein the film for forming a protective film is energy ray curable.

(4)如(1)或(2)所記載之保護膜形成用複合片,其中前述保護膜形成用膜為熱硬化性。 (4) The composite sheet for forming a protective film as described in (1) or (2), wherein the film for forming a protective film is thermosetting.

(5)如(1)或(2)所記載之保護膜形成用複合片,其中前述保護膜形成用膜為非硬化性。 (5) The composite sheet for forming a protective film as described in (1) or (2), wherein the film for forming a protective film is non-curable.

(6)如(1)至(5)中任一項所記載之保護膜形成用複合片,其中前述黏著劑層為能量線硬化性或非能量硬化性。 (6) The composite sheet for forming a protective film as described in any one of (1) to (5), wherein the adhesive layer is energy ray curable or non-energy curable.

(7)如(1)至(6)中任一項所記載之保護膜形成用複合片,其中前述黏著劑層的厚度為3μm至20μm。 (7) The composite sheet for forming a protective film as described in any one of (1) to (6), wherein the thickness of the adhesive layer is 3 μm to 20 μm.

(8)如(1)至(7)中任一項所記載之保護膜形成用複合片,其中前述基材的一表面的表面粗糙度(Ra)為0.11μm以上,且於前述表面粗糙度的表面,以直接接觸之方式積層有前述黏著劑層。 (8) The composite sheet for forming a protective film as described in any one of (1) to (7), wherein the surface roughness (Ra) of one surface of the substrate is 0.11 μm or more, and the surface roughness On the surface, the aforementioned adhesive layer is laminated in direct contact.

根據上述態樣,提供一種保護膜形成用複合片,係具 備基材,且於前述基材上依序積層黏著劑層及保護膜形成用膜而構成,對由前述保護膜形成用膜所形成之保護膜的雷射印字性優異,且保護膜的印字視認性亦優異。 According to the above aspect, a composite sheet for forming a protective film is provided, which has The substrate is prepared, and the adhesive layer and the protective film forming film are sequentially laminated on the substrate. The protective film formed by the protective film forming film has excellent laser printability and the printing of the protective film The visibility is also excellent.

1A、1B、1C、1D、1E 保護膜形成用複合片 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 1E Composite sheet for forming protective film

10:支持片 10: Support film

10a:支持片的表面 10a: The surface of the support sheet

11:基材 11: Substrate

11a:基材的表面 11a: The surface of the substrate

12:黏著劑層 12: Adhesive layer

12a:黏著劑層的表面 12a: The surface of the adhesive layer

13:保護膜形成用膜 13: Film for forming protective film

13a:保護膜形成用膜的表面 13a: Surface of protective film formation film

15:剝離膜 15: Peel off the film

16:治具用接著劑層 16: Adhesive layer for jigs

16a:治具用接著劑層的表面 16a: Surface of adhesive layer for jig

17:中間層 17: Middle layer

17a:中間層的表面 17a: Surface of the middle layer

圖1係以示意方式表示本發明之第1實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片之剖視圖。 Fig. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a composite sheet for forming a protective film according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

圖2係以示意方式表示本發明之第2實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片之剖視圖。 Fig. 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a composite sheet for forming a protective film according to a second embodiment of the present invention.

圖3係以示意方式表示本發明之第3實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片之剖視圖。 Fig. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a composite sheet for forming a protective film according to a third embodiment of the present invention.

圖4係以示意方式表示本發明之第4實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片之剖視圖。 Fig. 4 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a composite sheet for forming a protective film according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention.

圖5係以示意方式表示本發明之第5實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片之剖視圖。 Fig. 5 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a composite sheet for forming a protective film according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention.

◇保護膜形成用複合片 ◇Composite sheet for forming protective film

本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片係具備基材,且於前述基材上依序積層黏著劑層及保護膜形成用膜而成。亦即,本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片依序積層基材、黏著劑層及保護膜形成用膜而成。另外,本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片中,作為前述基材及黏著劑層之積層物之支持片的霧度係高於45%,前述支持片的透過清晰度為 100以上。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present embodiment includes a base material, and an adhesive layer and a film for forming a protective film are sequentially laminated on the base material. That is, the composite sheet for forming a protective film of this embodiment is formed by laminating a base material, an adhesive layer, and a film for forming a protective film in this order. In addition, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film of this embodiment, the haze of the support sheet, which is a laminate of the substrate and the adhesive layer, is higher than 45%, and the transparency of the support sheet is Above 100.

再者,本說明書中,所謂「保護膜形成用膜」意指貼附於半導體晶圓或半導體晶片的背面之前的保護膜形成用膜,所謂「保護膜」意指貼附於半導體晶圓或半導體晶片的背面之後的保護膜形成用膜。另外,於保護膜形成用膜具有硬化性之情形時,將保護膜形成用膜硬化後的膜稱為「保護膜」。 In addition, in this specification, the "protective film forming film" means a film for forming a protective film before being attached to a semiconductor wafer or the back surface of a semiconductor chip, and the so-called "protective film" means attaching to a semiconductor wafer or A film for forming a protective film behind the back surface of a semiconductor wafer. In addition, when the film for forming a protective film has curability, the cured film of the film for forming a protective film is referred to as a "protective film".

另外,本說明書中,即便將保護膜形成用膜貼附於半導體晶圓或半導體晶片後,只要維持支持片及保護膜形成用膜之積層結構,則亦將該積層結構體稱為「保護膜形成用複合片」。 In addition, in this specification, even after the protective film forming film is attached to the semiconductor wafer or semiconductor wafer, as long as the laminated structure of the support sheet and the protective film forming film is maintained, the laminated structure is also referred to as "protective film". Composite sheet for forming".

前述保護膜形成用膜可用作保護膜,該保護膜用以保護半導體晶圓或半導體晶片的背面(與電極形成面為相反側的面)。並且,藉由支持片的霧度高於45%,且透過清晰度為100以上,本實施形態之保護膜形成用膜的雷射印字性良好,且可使保護膜的印字視認性良好。更具體而言,於半導體晶圓或半導體晶片的背面貼附前述保護膜形成用複合片後,對貼附於半導體晶圓或半導體晶片之保護膜之支持片側之面,進行雷射印字。此時,雷射光係自支持片(基材)中的形成有保護膜之側的相反側經由支持片而照射。並且,印字係經由支持片進行觀測。此時,藉由支持片的透過清晰度為100以上,支持片的外表面的光散射得到抑制,從而可提高雷射印字的視認性。 The aforementioned protective film formation film can be used as a protective film for protecting the semiconductor wafer or the back surface of the semiconductor wafer (the surface opposite to the electrode formation surface). In addition, since the haze of the support sheet is higher than 45% and the transmission clarity is 100 or higher, the film for forming a protective film of the present embodiment has good laser printability, and the printing visibility of the protective film can be improved. More specifically, after attaching the aforementioned composite sheet for forming a protective film to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip, laser printing is performed on the surface of the support sheet of the protective film attached to the semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip. At this time, the laser beam is irradiated through the support sheet from the side opposite to the side on which the protective film is formed in the support sheet (base material). And, the printing system is observed through the supporting sheet. At this time, since the transmission resolution of the support sheet is 100 or more, the light scattering on the outer surface of the support sheet is suppressed, so that the visibility of laser printing can be improved.

另外,以往存在以下課題:為了加粗雷射印字,必須以高輸出進行雷射印字,製造成本增加。另外,於以高輸出進行印字之情形時,若經由支持片進行照射,則有於保護膜與支持片之間產生氣體積存之虞。另外,藉由提高支持片的黏著力,可避免產生氣體積存,但另一方面存在拾取(pickup)適性受損之課題。因此,必須於剝離支持片後,對保護膜直接進行雷射印字。相對於此,本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片中,藉由霧度高於45%,雷射光於支持片內部適度散射。因此,可有效地加粗雷射印字,可提高雷射印字的視認性。另外,由於無需增大雷射輸出,故而可抑制產生氣體積存,從而可在支持片與保護膜接著之狀態下進行雷射印字。另外,由於支持片的黏著力亦適度,故而拾取適性亦良好。 In addition, in the past, there has been a problem that in order to make laser printing thicker, laser printing must be performed with high output, and the manufacturing cost increases. In addition, in the case of printing with high output, if irradiation is performed through the support sheet, there is a risk that air may be accumulated between the protective film and the support sheet. In addition, by increasing the adhesive force of the support sheet, gas accumulation can be avoided, but on the other hand, there is a problem of impaired pickup suitability. Therefore, it is necessary to directly perform laser printing on the protective film after peeling off the support sheet. In contrast, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present embodiment, since the haze is higher than 45%, the laser light is appropriately scattered inside the support sheet. Therefore, the laser printing can be thickened effectively, and the visibility of the laser printing can be improved. In addition, since there is no need to increase the laser output, the generation of air can be suppressed, so that laser printing can be performed in a state where the support sheet and the protective film are bonded. In addition, since the adhesive force of the support sheet is also moderate, the pick-up suitability is also good.

再者,以往,於治具用黏著劑層為無色透明之保護膜形成用複合片、或者不具有治具用黏著劑層之構成的保護膜形成用複合片之情形時,利用貼片機(mounter)將前述保護膜形成用複合片貼附於半導體晶圓或半導體晶片的背面時,支持片為45%以下等低霧度,無法使用搭載於貼片機之光學感測器進行對準(alignment)(以下,稱為「帶前端的位置調整」)。相對於此,本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片中,藉由霧度高於45%,可藉由搭載於貼片機之光學感測器進行檢測,進行帶前端的位置調整。 In addition, in the past, when the adhesive layer for jigs is a colorless and transparent composite sheet for forming a protective film, or a composite sheet for forming a protective film that does not have the structure of the adhesive layer for jigs, a chip mounter ( mounter) When attaching the aforementioned composite sheet for forming a protective film to the back surface of a semiconductor wafer or semiconductor wafer, the support sheet has a low haze of 45% or less and cannot be aligned with the optical sensor mounted on the mounter ( alignment) (hereinafter referred to as "position adjustment with front end"). In contrast, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present embodiment, since the haze is higher than 45%, the optical sensor mounted on the mounter can detect and adjust the position of the tape tip.

本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片之使用對象亦即半導體晶圓或半導體晶片的厚度並無特別限定,但就可獲得更顯著的本實施形態中之功效而言,較佳為30μm以上1000μm以下,更佳為100μm以上300μm以下。 The object of use of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of this embodiment, that is, the thickness of the semiconductor wafer or the semiconductor wafer is not particularly limited, but in terms of obtaining more significant effects in this embodiment, it is preferably 30 μm or more and 1000 μm Hereinafter, it is more preferably 100 μm or more and 300 μm or less.

以下,對本實施形態之構成詳細地進行說明。 Hereinafter, the configuration of this embodiment will be described in detail.

◎支持片 ◎Support film

前述支持片係具備基材,且於前述基材上具備黏著劑層,並且為由2層以上之複數層構成。這些複數層的構成材料及厚度相互可相同亦可不同,只要無損本實施形態中之功效,則這些複數層之組合並無特別限定。 The support sheet includes a base material and an adhesive layer on the base material, and is composed of a plurality of layers of two or more layers. The constituent materials and thicknesses of these plural layers may be the same or different from each other, and the combination of these plural layers is not particularly limited as long as the effect in this embodiment is not impaired.

再者,本說明書中並未限定於支持片之情形,所謂「複數層相互可相同亦可不同」意指「可全部層相同,亦可全部層皆不同,還可僅一部分層相同」;再者,所謂「複數層相互不同」意指「各層的構成材料及厚度的至少一者相互不同」。 Furthermore, this specification is not limited to the case of the support sheet. The so-called "a plurality of layers may be the same or different from each other" means "all the layers may be the same, or all the layers may be different, and only a part of the layers may be the same"; In addition, "a plurality of layers are different from each other" means that "at least one of the constituent materials and thickness of each layer is different from each other".

作為較佳的支持片,例如可列舉:於基材上以直接接觸之方式積層黏著劑層而成之支持片、於基材上經由中間層積層黏著劑層而成之支持片等。作為更佳的支持片,可列舉:於基材上以直接接觸之方式積層黏著劑層而成之支持片。 As a preferable support sheet, for example, a support sheet obtained by laminating an adhesive layer on a substrate in direct contact, a support sheet obtained by laminating an adhesive layer on a substrate via an intermediate layer, and the like. As a more preferable support sheet, a support sheet formed by laminating an adhesive layer on a substrate in direct contact can be cited.

以下,一邊參照圖式,一邊根據此種支持片的每個種類說明本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片之示例。再者,以下之說明中所使用之圖中,為了易於理解本實施形態之特徵,方便起見,會有將成為主要部分之部分放大表示之情形,並未限定於各構成要素的尺寸比率等與實際相同。 Hereinafter, with reference to the drawings, examples of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present embodiment will be described for each type of such a support sheet. In addition, in the figures used in the following description, in order to make it easier to understand the characteristics of this embodiment, for convenience, the main parts may be enlarged and shown, and they are not limited to the size ratio of each component. Same as reality.

圖1係以示意方式表示本發明之第1實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片之剖視圖。 Fig. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a composite sheet for forming a protective film according to the first embodiment of the present invention.

此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片1A係於基材11上具備黏著劑層12,且於黏著劑層12上具備保護膜形成用膜13而成。支持片10係基材11及黏著劑層12之積層體。換言之,保護膜形成用複合片1A係具有於支持片10的一表面10a上積層有保護膜形成用膜13之構成。另外,保護膜形成用複合片1A進一步於保護膜形成用膜13的表面13a的整個面(上表面及側面)及黏著劑層的表面12a(上表面)積層有剝離膜15。 The composite sheet 1A for forming a protective film shown here includes an adhesive layer 12 on a base material 11 and a protective film forming film 13 on the adhesive layer 12. The support sheet 10 is a laminate of the base material 11 and the adhesive layer 12. In other words, the composite sheet 1A for forming a protective film has a structure in which the film 13 for forming a protective film is laminated on one surface 10a of the support sheet 10. In addition, the protective film forming composite sheet 1A further has a release film 15 laminated on the entire surface (upper surface and side surface) of the surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13 and the surface 12a (upper surface) of the adhesive layer.

再者,本說明書中,「剝離膜」係具有剝離功能之膜,具體而言係指為了保護貼附於半導體晶圓之前的保護膜形成用膜而貼附於保護膜形成用膜的表面之膜,且作業時將該剝離膜剝離而使用。 In addition, in this specification, the "release film" is a film having a release function, and specifically refers to a film that is attached to the surface of the protective film forming film in order to protect the film for forming the protective film before being attached to the semiconductor wafer A film, and the release film is peeled off at the time of work and used.

保護膜形成用複合片1A中,作為基材11及黏著劑層12之積層物之支持片10的霧度係高於45%,前述支持片10的透過清晰度為100以上。 In the composite sheet 1A for forming a protective film, the support sheet 10, which is a laminate of the base material 11 and the adhesive layer 12, has a haze of more than 45%, and the transparency of the support sheet 10 is 100 or more.

圖1所示之保護膜形成用複合片1A係在移除剝離膜15之狀態下,於保護膜形成用膜13的表面13a中的中央側的一部分區域貼附有半導體晶圓(省略圖示)的背面。再者,將保護膜形成用膜13的周緣部附近的區域貼附於環狀框(ring frame)等治具而使用。 The protective film forming composite sheet 1A shown in FIG. 1 is in a state where the release film 15 is removed, and a semiconductor wafer (not shown in the figure) is attached to a partial area on the central side of the surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13 )in the back. In addition, the area near the peripheral edge of the protective film forming film 13 is attached to a jig such as a ring frame and used.

圖2係以示意方式表示本發明之第2實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片之剖視圖。再者,圖2以後之圖中,對於與既已說明之圖所示相同的構成要素,標附與該已說明之圖之情形相同的符號,並省略該符號的詳細說明。 Fig. 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a composite sheet for forming a protective film according to a second embodiment of the present invention. In addition, in the figures following FIG. 2, for the same constituent elements as those shown in the previously described figures, the same symbols as in the previously described figures are attached, and detailed descriptions of the symbols are omitted.

關於此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片1B,除具備治具用接著劑層16之方面以外,與圖1所示之保護膜形成用複合片1A相同。亦即,保護膜形成用複合片1B中,於基材11的一表面11a積層有黏著劑層12。於黏著劑層12的表面12a的中央側的一部分區域亦即半導體晶圓貼附區域積層有保護膜形成用膜13。於黏著劑層12的表面12a的一部分亦即周緣部附近的區域積層有治具用接著劑層16。於保護膜形成用膜13的表面13a(上表面)及治具用接著劑層16的表面16a(上表面)積層有剝離膜15。 The composite sheet 1B for forming a protective film shown here is the same as the composite sheet 1A for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 1 except that it is provided with the adhesive layer 16 for jigs. That is, in the composite sheet 1B for forming a protective film, an adhesive layer 12 is laminated on one surface 11 a of the base material 11. The protective film forming film 13 is laminated on a part of the area on the central side of the surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12, that is, the semiconductor wafer attaching area. An adhesive layer 16 for jigs is laminated on a part of the surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12, that is, a region near the peripheral edge. The release film 15 is laminated|stacked on the surface 13a (upper surface) of the film 13 for protective film formation, and the surface 16a (upper surface) of the adhesive layer 16 for jigs.

保護膜形成用複合片1B中,作為基材11及黏著劑層12之積層物之支持片10的霧度係高於45%,前述支持片 10的透過清晰度為100以上。 In the composite sheet 1B for forming a protective film, the haze of the support sheet 10, which is a laminate of the base material 11 and the adhesive layer 12, is higher than 45%. The transparency of 10 is above 100.

治具用接著劑層16例如可為含有接著劑成分之單層結構,亦可為於成為芯材之片的兩面積層有含有接著劑成分之層之複數層結構。 The adhesive layer 16 for a jig may have, for example, a single-layer structure containing adhesive components, or a multiple-layer structure in which layers containing adhesive components are layered on both areas of the core sheet.

圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片1B係在移除剝離膜15之狀態下,於保護膜形成用膜13的表面13a貼附有半導體晶圓(省略圖示)的背面。再者,將治具用接著劑層16的表面16a中的上表面貼附於環狀框等治具而使用。 The protective film forming composite sheet 1B shown in FIG. 2 has the back surface of a semiconductor wafer (not shown) attached to the surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13 with the release film 15 removed. In addition, the upper surface of the surface 16a of the adhesive layer 16 for jigs is attached to jigs, such as a ring frame, for use.

圖3係以示意方式表示本發明之第3實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片之剖視圖。 Fig. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a composite sheet for forming a protective film according to a third embodiment of the present invention.

關於此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片1C,除於黏著劑層12與保護膜形成用膜13之間具備中間層17之方面以外,與圖1所示之保護膜形成用複合片1A相同。保護膜形成用複合片1C中,支持片10係基材11、黏著劑層12及中間層17之積層體。換言之,保護膜形成用複合片1C係具有於支持片10的一表面10a(17a)上積層有保護膜形成用膜13之構成。另外,保護膜形成用複合片1C進一步於保護膜形成用膜13的表面13a的整個面(上表面及側面)、中間層17a的表面(側面)以及黏著劑層的表面12a(上表面)積層有剝離膜15。 The composite sheet 1C for forming a protective film shown here is the same as the composite sheet 1A for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 1 except that an intermediate layer 17 is provided between the adhesive layer 12 and the film 13 for forming a protective film same. In the composite sheet 1C for forming a protective film, the support sheet 10 is a laminate of the base material 11, the adhesive layer 12, and the intermediate layer 17. In other words, the composite sheet 1C for forming a protective film has a structure in which the film 13 for forming a protective film is laminated on one surface 10a (17a) of the support sheet 10. In addition, the protective film forming composite sheet 1C is further laminated on the entire surface (upper surface and side surface) of the surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13, the surface (side surface) of the intermediate layer 17a, and the surface 12a (upper surface) of the adhesive layer There is a release film 15.

保護膜形成用複合片1C中,作為基材11、黏著劑層12以及中間層17之積層物之支持片10的霧度係高於45%,前述支持片10的透過清晰度為100以上。 In the composite sheet 1C for forming a protective film, the support sheet 10 that is a laminate of the base material 11, the adhesive layer 12, and the intermediate layer 17 has a haze of more than 45%, and the transmission clarity of the support sheet 10 is 100 or more.

圖3所示之保護膜形成用複合片1C係在移除剝離膜15之狀態下,於保護膜形成用膜13的表面13a中的中央側的一部分區域貼附有半導體晶圓(省略圖示)的背面。再者,將保護膜形成用膜13的周緣部附近的區域貼附於環狀框等治具而使用。 The protective film forming composite sheet 1C shown in FIG. 3 is in a state where the release film 15 is removed, and a semiconductor wafer (not shown) is attached to a part of the central side of the surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13 )in the back. In addition, the area near the peripheral edge of the protective film forming film 13 is attached to a jig such as a ring frame and used.

圖4係以示意方式表示本發明之第4實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片之剖視圖。 Fig. 4 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a composite sheet for forming a protective film according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention.

關於此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片1D,除於基材11與黏著劑層12之間具備中間層17之方面以外,與圖1所示之保護膜形成用複合片1A相同。保護膜形成用複合片1D中,支持片10係基材11、中間層17及黏著劑層12之積層體。換言之,保護膜形成用複合片1D具有於支持片10的一表面10a(12a)上積層有保護膜形成用膜13之構成。另外,保護膜形成用複合片1D進一步於保護膜形成用膜13的表面13a的整個面(上表面及側面)以及黏著劑層的表面12a(上表面)積層有剝離膜15。 The composite sheet 1D for forming a protective film shown here is the same as the composite sheet 1A for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 1 except that the intermediate layer 17 is provided between the base material 11 and the adhesive layer 12. In the composite sheet 1D for forming a protective film, the support sheet 10 is a laminate of the base material 11, the intermediate layer 17, and the adhesive layer 12. In other words, the composite sheet 1D for forming a protective film has a structure in which the film 13 for forming a protective film is laminated on one surface 10a (12a) of the support sheet 10. Moreover, the composite sheet 1D for protective film formation further has the release film 15 laminated|stacked on the whole surface (upper surface and side surface) of the surface 13a of the film 13 for protective film formation, and the surface 12a (upper surface) of an adhesive layer.

保護膜形成用複合片1D中,作為基材11、中間層17以及黏著劑層12之積層物之支持片10的霧度係高於 45%,前述支持片10的透過清晰度為100以上。 In the composite sheet 1D for forming a protective film, the haze of the supporting sheet 10, which is a laminate of the base material 11, the intermediate layer 17, and the adhesive layer 12, is higher than 45%, the transmission clarity of the aforementioned support sheet 10 is 100 or more.

圖4所示之保護膜形成用複合片1D係在移除剝離膜15之狀態下,於保護膜形成用膜13的表面13a中的中央側的一部分區域貼附有半導體晶圓(省略圖示)的背面。再者,將保護膜形成用膜13的周緣部附近的區域貼附於環狀框等治具而使用。 The protective film forming composite sheet 1D shown in FIG. 4 is in a state where the release film 15 is removed, and a semiconductor wafer (not shown in the figure) is attached to a part of the area on the central side of the surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13 )in the back. In addition, the area near the peripheral edge of the protective film forming film 13 is attached to a jig such as a ring frame and used.

圖5係以示意方式表示本發明之第5實施形態的保護膜形成用複合片之剖視圖。 Fig. 5 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a composite sheet for forming a protective film according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention.

關於此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片1E,除於黏著劑層的表面的整個面積層有保護膜形成用膜之方面以外,與圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片1B相同。亦即,保護膜形成用複合片1E中,於基材11的一表面11a積層有黏著劑層12。於黏著劑層12的表面12a的整個面積層有保護膜形成用膜13。於保護膜形成用膜13的表面13a的一部分亦即周緣部附近的區域積層有治具用接著劑層16。於保護膜形成用膜13的表面13a(上表面)以及治具用接著劑層16的表面16a(上表面及側面)積層有剝離膜15。 The composite sheet 1E for forming a protective film shown here is the same as the composite sheet 1B for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 2 except that the film for forming a protective film is layered on the entire surface of the adhesive layer. That is, in the composite sheet 1E for forming a protective film, an adhesive layer 12 is laminated on one surface 11 a of the base material 11. The protective film forming film 13 is layered on the entire surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12. An adhesive layer 16 for jigs is laminated on a part of the surface 13 a of the protective film forming film 13, that is, a region near the peripheral edge portion. The release film 15 is laminated|stacked on the surface 13a (upper surface) of the film 13 for protective film formation, and the surface 16a (upper surface and side surface) of the adhesive layer 16 for jigs.

保護膜形成用複合片1E中,作為基材11及黏著劑層12之積層物之支持片10的霧度係高於45%,前述支持片10的透過清晰度為100以上。 In the composite sheet 1E for forming a protective film, the haze of the supporting sheet 10 as a laminate of the base material 11 and the adhesive layer 12 is higher than 45%, and the transmission clarity of the supporting sheet 10 is 100 or more.

圖5所示之保護膜形成用複合片1E係在移除剝離膜15之狀態下,於保護膜形成用膜13的表面13a貼附有半導體晶圓(省略圖示)的背面。再者,將治具用接著劑層16的表面16a中的上表面貼附於環狀框等治具而使用。 The protective film forming composite sheet 1E shown in FIG. 5 has the back surface of a semiconductor wafer (not shown) attached to the surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13 with the release film 15 removed. In addition, the upper surface of the surface 16a of the adhesive layer 16 for jigs is attached to jigs, such as a ring frame, for use.

如此,本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片中,無論支持片及保護膜形成用膜為何種形態,均可具備治具用接著劑層。但是,通常如圖2及圖5所示,作為具備治具用接著劑層之本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片,較佳為於支持片10或保護膜形成用膜13上具備治具用接著劑層16之複合片。 In this way, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film of this embodiment, regardless of the form of the support sheet and the film for forming a protective film, the adhesive layer for jigs can be provided. However, generally, as shown in FIGS. 2 and 5, as the composite sheet for forming a protective film of this embodiment provided with an adhesive layer for a jig, it is preferable to have a jig on the support sheet 10 or the film 13 for forming a protective film A composite sheet of the adhesive layer 16 is used.

本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片並未限定於圖1至圖5所示之保護膜形成用複合片,在無損本實施形態中之功效之範圍內,亦可將圖1至圖5所示之保護膜形成用複合片的一部分構成變更或刪除,或者對此前說明之保護膜形成用複合片進一步追加其他構成。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film of this embodiment is not limited to the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in Figs. A part of the configuration of the composite sheet for forming a protective film is changed or deleted, or another configuration is added to the composite sheet for forming a protective film described earlier.

例如,圖2及圖5所示之保護膜形成用複合片中,亦可於黏著劑層12與保護膜形成用膜13之間設置中間層17。亦即,本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片中,支持片10亦可依序積層基材11、黏著劑層12以及中間層17而成。此處,所謂中間層17係與圖3及圖4所示之保護膜形成用複合片中可設置之中間層17相同。作為中間層 17,可根據目的而選擇任意中間層。 For example, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in FIGS. 2 and 5, an intermediate layer 17 may be provided between the adhesive layer 12 and the film 13 for forming a protective film. That is, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present embodiment, the support sheet 10 may be formed by laminating the base material 11, the adhesive layer 12, and the intermediate layer 17 in this order. Here, the intermediate layer 17 is the same as the intermediate layer 17 that can be provided in the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in FIGS. 3 and 4. As a middle layer 17. Any intermediate layer can be selected according to the purpose.

另外,例如圖2及圖5所示之保護膜形成用複合片中,亦可於基材11與黏著劑層12之間設置中間層17。亦即,本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片中,支持片10亦可依序積層基材11、中間層17以及黏著劑層12而成。此處,所謂中間層17係與圖3及圖4所示之保護膜形成用複合片中可設置之中間層17相同。作為中間層17,可根據目的而選擇任意中間層。 In addition, for example, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in FIGS. 2 and 5, an intermediate layer 17 may be provided between the base material 11 and the adhesive layer 12. That is, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present embodiment, the support sheet 10 may be formed by laminating the base material 11, the intermediate layer 17, and the adhesive layer 12 in this order. Here, the intermediate layer 17 is the same as the intermediate layer 17 that can be provided in the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in FIGS. 3 and 4. As the intermediate layer 17, any intermediate layer can be selected according to the purpose.

另外,圖1至圖5所示之保護膜形成用複合片中,中間層17亦可設置於圖3及圖4所示之部位以外的其他部位。 In addition, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in FIGS. 1 to 5, the intermediate layer 17 may be provided at a location other than those shown in FIGS. 3 and 4.

另外,圖1至圖5所示之保護膜形成用複合片中,亦可將前述中間層17以外的層設置於任意部位。 In addition, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in FIGS. 1 to 5, layers other than the aforementioned intermediate layer 17 may be provided at arbitrary positions.

另外,圖3及圖4所示之保護膜形成用複合片中,亦可設置治具用接著劑層16。 In addition, the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in FIGS. 3 and 4 may be provided with an adhesive layer 16 for jigs.

另外,本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片中,亦可於剝離膜15和與該剝離膜15直接接觸之層之間產生一部分間隙。 In addition, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present embodiment, a part of a gap may be formed between the release film 15 and the layer directly in contact with the release film 15.

另外,本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片中,各層的大小或形狀可根據目的而任意調節。 In addition, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present embodiment, the size or shape of each layer can be arbitrarily adjusted according to the purpose.

本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片中,支持片可為不透明,亦可根據目的而著色。 In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of this embodiment, the support sheet may be opaque, or may be colored according to the purpose.

具體而言,支持片的透過清晰度為100以上,較佳為 150以上,更佳為200以上450以下,進一步較佳為300以上430以下。 Specifically, the transmission resolution of the support sheet is 100 or more, preferably 150 or more, more preferably 200 or more and 450 or less, still more preferably 300 or more and 430 or less.

藉由支持片的透過清晰度為上述範圍,支持片的外表面的光散射得到抑制,從而可提高雷射印字的視認性。 When the transparency of the support sheet is in the above range, light scattering on the outer surface of the support sheet is suppressed, and the visibility of laser printing can be improved.

再者,支持片的透過清晰度可使用Suga Test Instruments公司製造之影像清晰度測定器「ICM-10P」等,依據JIS(Japanese Industrial Standard;日本工業標準)K 7374-2007進行測定。 Furthermore, the transmission clarity of the support sheet can be measured using an image clarity measuring device "ICM-10P" manufactured by Suga Test Instruments, etc., in accordance with JIS (Japanese Industrial Standard; Japanese Industrial Standard) K 7374-2007.

另外,為了使支持片的透過清晰度成為上述範圍,例如調整支持片的外表面的表面粗糙度即可。 In addition, in order to make the transmission clarity of the support sheet into the above-mentioned range, for example, the surface roughness of the outer surface of the support sheet may be adjusted.

另外,支持片的霧度高於45%,較佳為46%以上,更佳為47%以上90%以下,進一步較佳為50%以上85%以下。 In addition, the haze of the support sheet is higher than 45%, preferably 46% or higher, more preferably 47% or higher and 90% or lower, and still more preferably 50% or higher and 85% or lower.

以往,為了加粗雷射印字,必須增大雷射輸出,若經由支持片進行照射,則於保護膜與支持片之間產生氣體積存。因此,必須於剝離支持片後,對保護膜直接進行雷射印字。相對於此,本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片中,藉由支持片的霧度為上述範圍,雷射光於支持片內部適度散射。因此,可有效地加粗雷射印字,可提高雷射印字的視認性。另外,無需增大雷射輸出。因此,可抑制產生氣體積存,從而可在支持片與保護膜接著之狀態下進行雷射印字。 In the past, in order to thicken the laser printing, it was necessary to increase the laser output. If irradiation is performed through the support sheet, gas accumulation is generated between the protective film and the support sheet. Therefore, it is necessary to directly perform laser printing on the protective film after peeling off the support sheet. In contrast, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present embodiment, since the haze of the support sheet is in the above range, the laser light is appropriately scattered inside the support sheet. Therefore, the laser printing can be thickened effectively, and the visibility of the laser printing can be improved. In addition, there is no need to increase the laser output. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the generation of air and accumulate, so that the laser printing can be performed in the state where the support sheet and the protective film are bonded.

再者,以往,於治具用黏著劑層為無色透明之保護膜 形成用複合片、或者不具有治具用黏著劑層之構成的保護膜形成用複合片之情形時,利用貼片機將前述保護膜形成用複合片貼附於半導體晶圓或半導體晶片的背面時,支持片為45%以下等低霧度,無法使用搭載於貼片機之光學感測器進行對準(以下,稱為「帶前端的位置調整」)。相對於此,本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片中,藉由支持片的霧度為上述範圍,可藉由搭載於貼片機之光學感測器進行檢測,進行帶前端的位置調整。 Furthermore, in the past, the adhesive layer for jigs was a colorless and transparent protective film In the case of a composite sheet for forming or a composite sheet for forming a protective film that does not have an adhesive layer for jigs, attach the composite sheet for forming a protective film to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer or semiconductor wafer using a mounter When the support sheet has a low haze such as 45% or less, it cannot be aligned with the optical sensor mounted on the placement machine (hereinafter referred to as "adjustment of the position of the belt tip"). In contrast, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present embodiment, since the haze of the support sheet is in the above-mentioned range, the optical sensor mounted on the mounter can detect and adjust the position of the tape tip.

再者,支持片的霧度可使用日本電色工業公司製造之NDH-5000等,依據JIS K 7136-2000進行測定。 Furthermore, the haze of the support sheet can be measured using NDH-5000 manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd. in accordance with JIS K 7136-2000.

另外,為了使支持片的霧度成為上述範圍,例如使基材或中間層中含有填充材料或著色劑而進行調整即可。或者,例如改變黏著劑層的硬度而使基材或中間層與黏著劑層之間形成間隙,進行調整即可。 In addition, in order to make the haze of the support sheet into the above-mentioned range, for example, the base material or the intermediate layer may contain a filler or a coloring agent for adjustment. Or, for example, the hardness of the adhesive layer may be changed to form a gap between the base material or the intermediate layer and the adhesive layer, and the adjustment may be performed.

另外,於保護膜形成用膜具有能量線硬化性之情形時,支持片較佳為可使能量線透過之支持片。 In addition, when the film for forming a protective film has energy ray curability, the support sheet is preferably a support sheet that allows energy rays to pass through.

例如,針對支持片,使用波長375nm之光之積分球所測定之透過率較佳為30%以上,更佳為50%以上,尤佳為70%以上。藉由前述光之透過率為此種範圍,經由支持片對保護膜形成用膜照射能量線(紫外線)時,保護膜形成用膜的硬化度進一步提高。 For example, for the support sheet, the transmittance measured using an integrating sphere with a wavelength of 375 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more. With the aforementioned light transmittance in this range, when energy rays (ultraviolet rays) are irradiated to the protective film forming film through the support sheet, the degree of curing of the protective film forming film is further improved.

另一方面,針對支持片,波長375nm之光之透過率之上限值並無特別限定,例如可設為95%。 On the other hand, for the support sheet, the upper limit of the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 375 nm is not particularly limited, and it can be set to 95%, for example.

再者,本說明書中,所謂「能量線硬化性」意指藉由照射能量線而硬化之性質。所謂「非能量線硬化性」意指即便照射能量線亦不硬化之性質,包含有熱硬化性及非硬化性。所謂「熱硬化性」意指藉由加熱而硬化之性質。所謂「非硬化性」意指藉由加熱或照射能量線等而不硬化之性質。 In addition, in this specification, the "energy-ray curability" means the property of curing by irradiation of energy rays. The so-called "non-energy-ray-curable" refers to the property that it does not harden even if it is irradiated with energy rays, and includes thermosetting and non-curing properties. The so-called "thermosetting property" means the property of hardening by heating. The so-called "non-curing property" refers to the property of not being cured by heating or irradiating energy rays.

本說明書中,所謂「能量線」意指具有能量量子的電磁波或帶電粒子束,作為前述能量線的示例,可列舉:紫外線、放射線、電子束等。 In this specification, the term "energy rays" means electromagnetic waves or charged particle beams having energy quantum, and examples of the aforementioned energy rays include ultraviolet rays, radiation rays, electron beams, and the like.

紫外線例如可藉由使用高壓水銀燈、融合(fusion)H型燈、氙氣燈、黑光燈或LED(Light Emitting Diode;發光二極體)燈等作為紫外線源進行照射。電子束可照射藉由電子束加速器等產生之電子束。 The ultraviolet light can be irradiated by using, for example, a high-pressure mercury lamp, a fusion H-type lamp, a xenon lamp, a black light lamp, or an LED (Light Emitting Diode) lamp as the ultraviolet source. The electron beam can be irradiated with an electron beam generated by an electron beam accelerator or the like.

其次,對構成支持片之各層更詳細地進行說明。 Next, each layer constituting the support sheet will be described in more detail.

○基材 ○Substrate

前述基材為片(sheet)狀或膜狀,作為前述基材的構成材料,例如可列舉各種樹脂。 The substrate is in the form of a sheet or a film, and as a constituent material of the substrate, various resins can be cited, for example.

作為前述樹脂,例如可列舉:低密度聚乙烯(LDPE;low density polyethylene)、直鏈低密度聚乙烯(LLDPE;linear low density polyethylene)、高密度聚乙烯(HDPE;high density polyethylene)等聚乙烯;聚丙烯、聚丁烯、聚丁二烯、聚甲基戊烯、降冰片烯樹脂等聚乙烯以外的聚烯烴; 乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物、乙烯-降冰片烯共聚物等乙烯系共聚物(使用乙烯作為單體而獲得之共聚物);聚氯乙烯、氯乙烯共聚物等氯乙烯系樹脂(使用氯乙烯作為單體而獲得之樹脂);聚苯乙烯;聚環烯烴;聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯、聚間苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚2,6-萘二羧酸乙二酯、全部結構單元具有芳香族環式基之全芳香族聚酯等聚酯;2種以上之前述聚酯之共聚物;聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯;聚胺基甲酸酯;聚丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯;聚醯亞胺;聚醯胺;聚碳酸酯;氟樹脂;聚縮醛;改性聚苯醚;聚苯硫醚;聚碸;聚醚酮等。 Examples of the aforementioned resin include polyethylenes such as low density polyethylene (LDPE; low density polyethylene), linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE), and high density polyethylene (HDPE; high density polyethylene); Polyolefins other than polyethylene such as polypropylene, polybutene, polybutadiene, polymethylpentene, norbornene resin; Vinyl copolymers such as ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers, ethylene-(meth)acrylic acid copolymers, ethylene-(meth)acrylate copolymers, ethylene-norbornene copolymers (obtained by using ethylene as a monomer) Copolymers); vinyl chloride resins such as polyvinyl chloride and vinyl chloride copolymers (resins obtained by using vinyl chloride as a monomer); polystyrene; polycyclic olefins; polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate Ethylene formate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyethylene isophthalate, polyethylene 2,6-naphthalene dicarboxylate, all structural units with aromatic cyclic groups are fully aromatic poly Polyesters such as esters; copolymers of two or more of the aforementioned polyesters; poly(meth)acrylates; polyurethanes; polyacrylate urethanes; polyimines; polyamides; polycarbonates Ester; Fluorine resin; Polyacetal; Modified polyphenylene ether; Polyphenylene sulfide; Polysulfide; Polyether ketone, etc.

另外,作為前述樹脂,例如亦可列舉前述聚酯與前述聚酯以外的樹脂之混合物等聚合物合金。前述聚酯與前述聚酯以外的樹脂之聚合物合金較佳為聚酯以外的樹脂之量為相對較少量。 Moreover, as said resin, polymer alloys, such as a mixture of the said polyester and resin other than the said polyester, can also be mentioned, for example. The polymer alloy of the aforementioned polyester and the aforementioned resin other than the polyester preferably has a relatively small amount of the resin other than the polyester.

另外,作為前述樹脂,例如亦可列舉:前文所例示之前述樹脂之1種或2種以上交聯而成之交聯樹脂;使用前文所例示之前述樹脂之1種或2種以上之離子聚合物等改性樹脂。 In addition, as the aforementioned resin, for example, a cross-linked resin obtained by cross-linking one or more of the aforementioned resins as exemplified above; ionic polymerization using one or more of the aforementioned resins exemplified in the foregoing Modified resins such as materials.

再者,本說明書中,「(甲基)丙烯酸」的概念係包括「丙烯酸」及「甲基丙烯酸」兩者。關於與(甲基)丙烯酸類似之用語亦相同,例如「(甲基)丙烯醯基」的概念係包括「丙烯醯基」及「甲基丙烯醯基」兩者,「(甲基)丙烯 酸酯」的概念係包括「丙烯酸酯」及「甲基丙烯酸酯」兩者。 Furthermore, in this specification, the concept of "(meth)acrylic acid" includes both "acrylic acid" and "methacrylic acid". The terms similar to (meth)acrylic acid are also the same. For example, the concept of "(meth)acrylic acid group" includes both "acrylic acid group" and "methacrylic acid group", and "(meth)acrylic acid group" The concept of "ester" includes both "acrylate" and "methacrylate".

構成基材之樹脂可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The resin constituting the base material may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

基材可由1層(單層)構成,亦可由2層以上之複數層構成;於由複數層構成之情形時,這些複數層相互可相同亦可不同,這些複數層之組合並無特別限定。 The substrate may be composed of one layer (single layer) or two or more layers; when composed of multiple layers, these multiple layers may be the same or different from each other, and the combination of these multiple layers is not particularly limited.

基材的厚度較佳為40μm以上300μm以下,更佳為60μm以上150μm以下。藉由基材的厚度為此種範圍,前述保護膜形成用複合片之可撓性以及對半導體晶圓或半導體晶片之貼附性進一步提高。 The thickness of the substrate is preferably 40 μm or more and 300 μm or less, more preferably 60 μm or more and 150 μm or less. When the thickness of the base material is in this range, the flexibility of the composite sheet for forming the protective film and the adhesion to the semiconductor wafer or the semiconductor wafer are further improved.

此處,所謂「基材的厚度」意指基材整體的厚度,例如所謂由複數層構成之基材的厚度意指構成基材之全部層的合計厚度。再者,作為基材的厚度的測定方法,例如可列舉以下方法等:於任意之5個部位使用接觸式厚度計測定厚度算出測定值之平均。 Here, the "thickness of the base material" means the thickness of the entire base material. For example, the thickness of the base material composed of a plurality of layers means the total thickness of all the layers constituting the base material. In addition, as a method of measuring the thickness of the base material, for example, the following method can be exemplified: the thickness is measured using a contact thickness meter at any 5 locations, and the average of the measured values is calculated.

基材較佳為厚度精度高,亦即任何部位均可抑制厚度不均。上述之構成材料中,作為可用於構成此種厚度精度高的基材之材料,例如可列舉:聚乙烯、聚乙烯以外的聚烯烴、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物等。 The base material preferably has high thickness accuracy, that is, thickness unevenness can be suppressed at any part. Among the above-mentioned constituent materials, examples of materials that can be used to construct such a substrate with high thickness precision include polyethylene, polyolefins other than polyethylene, polyethylene terephthalate, and ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers. Things and so on.

基材中,除前述樹脂等主要構成材料以外,亦可含有填充材料、著色劑、抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、有機潤滑劑、觸媒、軟化劑(塑化劑)等公知的各種添加劑。 The base material may contain various known additives such as fillers, colorants, antistatic agents, antioxidants, organic lubricants, catalysts, and softeners (plasticizers) in addition to the aforementioned main constituent materials such as resins.

例如,藉由基材含有填充材料或著色劑,可使支持片的霧度成為上述範圍內,因此可使雷射印字的視認性良好。 For example, when the base material contains a filler or a colorant, the haze of the support sheet can be within the above-mentioned range, so that the visibility of laser printing can be improved.

基材的光學特性滿足前文所說明之支持片的光學特性即可。亦即,基材可為透明,亦可為不透明,可根據目的而為無色,亦可進行著色,還可對其他層進行加工(例如蒸鍍)。 The optical properties of the substrate may satisfy the optical properties of the support sheet described above. That is, the substrate may be transparent or opaque, and may be colorless or colored according to the purpose, and other layers may be processed (for example, vapor deposition).

並且,於保護膜形成用膜具有能量線硬化性之情形時,基材較佳為可使能量線透過之基材。 In addition, when the film for forming a protective film has energy ray curability, the base material is preferably a base material that can transmit energy rays.

基材的表面亦可經實施以下處理以提高與設置於該基材上之黏著劑層等其他層之密接性:利用噴砂處理、溶劑處理等之凹凸化處理、或者電暈放電處理、電子束照射處理、電漿處理、臭氧/紫外線照射處理、火焰處理、鉻酸處理、熱風處理等氧化處理等。 The surface of the substrate can also be subjected to the following treatments to improve the adhesion with other layers such as the adhesive layer provided on the substrate: using sandblasting treatment, solvent treatment, etc. concave-convex treatment, or corona discharge treatment, electron beam Irradiation treatment, plasma treatment, ozone/ultraviolet radiation treatment, flame treatment, chromic acid treatment, hot air treatment and other oxidation treatments.

另外,基材的表面亦可經實施底塗(primer)處理。 In addition, the surface of the substrate may also be subjected to primer treatment.

另外,基材亦可具有抗靜電塗層或以下用途之層等:防止將保護膜形成用複合片重疊保存時,基材接著於其他片或基材接著於吸附台。 In addition, the substrate may also have an antistatic coating or a layer for the following purposes: when the composite sheet for forming a protective film is prevented from being stacked and stored, the substrate is attached to other sheets or the substrate is attached to the suction table.

這些之中,就抑制因切割時刀片摩擦而導致基材產生斷片之方面而言,基材尤佳為表面經實施電子束照射處理。 Among these, in terms of suppressing the occurrence of fragmentation of the substrate due to the friction of the blade during dicing, it is particularly preferable that the surface of the substrate is subjected to electron beam irradiation treatment.

另外,關於經表面處理之基材,基材中作為支持片的外表面所露出之面的表面粗糙度(Ra)的上限值為0.60μm以下,較佳為0.50μm以下,更佳為0.40μm以下,進一步較佳為0.30μm以下。藉由基材的表面粗糙度為上述上限值以下,可減少基材的外表面的光散射,可使支持片的透過清晰度成為上述範圍內,因此可使雷射印字的視認性良好。 In addition, regarding the surface-treated substrate, the upper limit value of the surface roughness (Ra) of the surface exposed as the outer surface of the support sheet in the substrate is 0.60 μm or less, preferably 0.50 μm or less, more preferably 0.40 μm or less, more preferably 0.30 μm or less. When the surface roughness of the substrate is less than the above upper limit, light scattering on the outer surface of the substrate can be reduced, and the transmission clarity of the support sheet can be within the above range, so that the visibility of laser printing can be improved.

另一方面,表面粗糙度(Ra)的下限值並無特別限定,例如可為0.005μm以上,亦可為0.01μm以上,亦可為0.03μm以上,亦可為0.05μm以上。 On the other hand, the lower limit of the surface roughness (Ra) is not particularly limited. For example, it may be 0.005 μm or more, 0.01 μm or more, 0.03 μm or more, or 0.05 μm or more.

另外,基材具有表面粗糙度為上述上限值以下之面以及表面粗糙度為0.11μm以上之面時,較佳為於表面粗糙度為0.11μm以上之表面積層黏著劑層等其他層。藉此,表面粗糙度為上述上限值以下之面成為基材中作為支持片的外表面所露出之面,可減少基材的外表面的光散射,可使支持片的透過清晰度成為上述範圍內,因此可使雷射印字的視認性良好。 In addition, when the substrate has a surface with a surface roughness of not more than the above upper limit and a surface with a surface roughness of 0.11 μm or more, other layers such as an adhesive layer with a surface roughness of 0.11 μm or more are preferable. Thereby, the surface whose surface roughness is below the above upper limit becomes the surface exposed by the outer surface of the support sheet in the base material, which can reduce the light scattering of the outer surface of the base material, and can make the transmission clarity of the support sheet become the above-mentioned Therefore, the visibility of laser printing can be improved.

另外,於基材的兩面的表面粗糙度均為上述上限值以下之情形時,於表面粗糙度更大的面積層黏著劑層等其他層,使表面粗糙度更小的面作為外表面而露出即可。 In addition, when the surface roughness of both surfaces of the substrate is below the above upper limit, the adhesive layer and other layers are layered on the area with larger surface roughness, and the surface with smaller surface roughness is used as the outer surface. Just expose it.

再者,本說明書中,所謂「表面粗糙度」只要無特別說明,則意指依據JIS B0601:2001所求出之所謂算術平均粗糙度,有時簡記為「Ra」。 In addition, in this specification, the "surface roughness" means the so-called arithmetic average roughness calculated in accordance with JIS B0601:2001, and may be abbreviated as "Ra" unless otherwise specified.

基材可利用公知的方法而製造。例如,含有樹脂之基材可藉由使含有前述樹脂之樹脂組成物成形而製造。 The base material can be manufactured by a well-known method. For example, a resin-containing substrate can be manufactured by molding a resin composition containing the aforementioned resin.

○黏著劑層 ○Adhesive layer

前述黏著劑層為片狀或膜狀,含有黏著劑。 The aforementioned adhesive layer is in the form of a sheet or film and contains an adhesive.

作為前述黏著劑,例如可列舉:丙烯酸系樹脂、胺基甲酸酯系樹脂、橡膠系樹脂、聚矽氧系樹脂、環氧系樹脂、聚乙烯醚、聚碳酸酯、酯系樹脂等黏著性樹脂,較佳為丙烯酸系樹脂。 Examples of the aforementioned adhesive include: acrylic resin, urethane resin, rubber resin, silicone resin, epoxy resin, polyvinyl ether, polycarbonate, ester resin, etc. The resin is preferably an acrylic resin.

再者,本實施形態中,「黏著性樹脂」的概念係包括具有黏著性之樹脂及具有接著性之樹脂兩者,例如不僅包含有本身具有黏著性之樹脂,亦包含有藉由與添加劑等其他成分併用而顯示黏著性之樹脂、或者藉由存在熱或水等觸發劑而顯示接著性之樹脂等。 Furthermore, in this embodiment, the concept of "adhesive resin" includes both adhesive resins and adhesive resins. For example, it includes not only adhesive resins, but also adhesives and additives. Other components are used in combination to show adhesiveness, or resins that show adhesiveness due to the presence of triggers such as heat or water.

黏著劑層可由1層(單層)構成,亦可由2層以上之複數層構成;於由複數層構成之情形時,這些複數層相互可相同亦可不同,這些複數層之組合並無特別限定。 The adhesive layer can be composed of one layer (single layer), or two or more layers; when it is composed of multiple layers, these multiple layers may be the same or different from each other, and the combination of these multiple layers is not particularly limited .

黏著劑層的厚度較佳為3μm以上20μm以下,更佳為5μm以上20μm以下,尤佳為5μm以上17μm以下。 The thickness of the adhesive layer is preferably 3 μm or more and 20 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm or more and 20 μm or less, and particularly preferably 5 μm or more and 17 μm or less.

藉由黏著劑層的厚度為上述下限值以上,可提高黏著力。另外,於表面粗糙度為0.11μm以上之基材之情形時,可製成具有以下平滑面之積層體,該平滑面將基材表面埋入,減少基材外表面的光散射。另一方面,藉由黏著劑層的厚度為上述上限值以下,可使刀片切割適性及拾取適性良好。 When the thickness of the adhesive layer is more than the above lower limit, the adhesive force can be improved. In addition, in the case of a substrate with a surface roughness of 0.11 μm or more, a laminate with a smooth surface that embeds the surface of the substrate and reduces light scattering on the outer surface of the substrate can be formed. On the other hand, when the thickness of the adhesive layer is below the above upper limit, the blade can have good cutting suitability and picking suitability.

此處,所謂「黏著劑層的厚度」意指黏著劑層整體的厚度,例如所謂由複數層構成之黏著劑層的厚度意指構成黏著劑層之全部層的合計厚度。再者,作為黏著劑層的厚度的測定方法,例如可列舉以下方法等:於任意之5個部位使用接觸式厚度計測定厚度算出測定值之平均。 Here, the "thickness of the adhesive layer" means the thickness of the entire adhesive layer. For example, the thickness of the adhesive layer composed of a plurality of layers means the total thickness of all the layers constituting the adhesive layer. In addition, as a measuring method of the thickness of an adhesive layer, the following method etc. are mentioned, for example, the thickness is measured using a contact type thickness meter at arbitrary 5 places, and the average of a measured value is calculated.

藉由適宜調整黏著劑層的硬度,可於黏著劑層與基材或中間層之間形成間隙,將支持片的霧度調整為上述範圍內。 By appropriately adjusting the hardness of the adhesive layer, a gap can be formed between the adhesive layer and the substrate or the intermediate layer, and the haze of the support sheet can be adjusted to the above range.

黏著劑層的光學特性滿足前文所說明之支持片的光學特性即可。亦即,黏著劑層可為不透明,亦可根據目的而著色。 The optical properties of the adhesive layer may satisfy the optical properties of the support sheet described above. That is, the adhesive layer may be opaque or colored according to the purpose.

並且,於保護膜形成用膜具有能量線硬化性之情形時,黏著劑層較佳為可使能量線透過之黏著劑層。 In addition, when the film for forming a protective film has energy ray curability, the adhesive layer is preferably an adhesive layer that allows energy rays to pass through.

黏著劑層可使用能量線硬化性黏著劑而形成,亦可使用非能量線硬化性黏著劑而形成。再者,非能量線硬化性黏著劑中包含有熱硬化性黏著劑及非硬化性黏著劑。使用能量線硬化性黏著劑所形成之黏著劑層可容易地調節硬化前及硬化後之物性。 The adhesive layer can be formed using an energy ray-curable adhesive or may be formed using a non-energy ray-curable adhesive. Furthermore, the non-energy-ray-curable adhesive includes a thermosetting adhesive and a non-curing adhesive. The adhesive layer formed by the energy-ray curable adhesive can easily adjust the physical properties before and after curing.

<<黏著劑組成物>> <<Adhesive composition>>

黏著劑層可使用含有黏著劑之黏著劑組成物而形成。例如,於黏著劑層之形成對象面塗敷黏著劑組成物,並視需要使黏著劑組成物乾燥,藉此可於目標部位形成黏著劑層。關於黏著劑層的更具體的形成方法,與其他層的形成方法一起,隨後詳細地進行說明。黏著劑組成物中的常溫下不會氣化的成分彼此的含量比率通常與黏著劑層中的前述成分彼此的含量比率相同。再者,本說明書中,所謂「常溫」意指不特別冷或特別熱的溫度亦即平常的溫度,例如可列舉15℃以上25℃以下之溫度等。 The adhesive layer can be formed using an adhesive composition containing an adhesive. For example, the adhesive composition is coated on the surface to be formed of the adhesive layer, and the adhesive composition is dried if necessary, so that the adhesive layer can be formed on the target site. A more specific method of forming the adhesive layer will be described in detail later together with the method of forming other layers. The content ratio of the components that do not vaporize at room temperature in the adhesive composition is usually the same as the content ratio of the aforementioned components in the adhesive layer. In addition, in this specification, the "normal temperature" means a temperature that is not particularly cold or particularly hot, that is, a normal temperature, for example, a temperature of 15°C or more and 25°C or less.

利用公知的方法塗敷黏著劑組成物即可,例如可列舉使用以下各種塗佈機之方法:氣刀塗佈機、刮刀塗佈機、棒式塗佈機、凹版塗佈機、輥式塗佈機、輥刀塗佈機、簾幕式塗佈機、模具塗佈機、刀式塗佈機、絲網塗佈機、繞線棒(Meyer bar)式塗佈機、接觸式塗佈機等。 The adhesive composition can be applied by a known method. For example, methods using the following various coaters can be cited: air knife coater, knife coater, bar coater, gravure coater, roll coater Cloth machine, roll knife coater, curtain coater, die coater, knife coater, screen coater, Meyer bar coater, contact coater Wait.

黏著劑組成物之乾燥條件並無特別限定,於黏著劑組 成物含有後述溶劑之情形時,較佳為進行加熱乾燥,該情形時,較佳為於例如70℃以上130℃以下、10秒以上5分鐘以下之條件下進行乾燥。 The drying conditions of the adhesive composition are not particularly limited. When the finished product contains a solvent described later, it is preferable to perform heating and drying. In this case, it is preferable to perform drying under the conditions of, for example, 70°C or more and 130°C or less and 10 seconds or more and 5 minutes or less.

於黏著劑層為能量線硬化性之情形時,作為含有能量線硬化性黏著劑之黏著劑組成物,亦即能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物,例如可列舉以下黏著劑組成物等:黏著劑組成物(I-1),含有非能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)(以下,有時簡記為「黏著性樹脂(I-1a)」)以及能量線硬化性化合物;黏著劑組成物(I-2),含有能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-2a)(以下,有時簡記為「黏著性樹脂(I-2a)」),該能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-2a)於非能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的側鏈導入有不飽和基;黏著劑組成物(I-3),含有前述黏著性樹脂(I-2a)及能量線硬化性化合物。 When the adhesive layer is energy ray curable, as an adhesive composition containing an energy ray curable adhesive, that is, an energy ray curable adhesive composition, for example, the following adhesive composition can be cited: Adhesive The agent composition (I-1) contains a non-energy-ray curable adhesive resin (I-1a) (hereinafter, sometimes abbreviated as "adhesive resin (I-1a)") and an energy-ray curable compound; adhesive The agent composition (I-2) contains an energy-ray curable adhesive resin (I-2a) (hereinafter, sometimes abbreviated as "adhesive resin (I-2a)"), and the energy-ray curable adhesiveness The resin (I-2a) has an unsaturated group introduced into the side chain of the non-energy-ray curable adhesive resin (I-1a); the adhesive composition (I-3) contains the aforementioned adhesive resin (I-2a) And energy ray hardening compound.

<黏著劑組成物(I-1)> <Adhesive composition (I-1)>

如上所述,前述黏著劑組成物(I-1)含有非能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)以及能量線硬化性化合物。 As described above, the aforementioned adhesive composition (I-1) contains a non-energy-ray curable adhesive resin (I-1a) and an energy-ray curable compound.

[黏著性樹脂(I-1a)] [Adhesive resin (I-1a)]

前述黏著性樹脂(I-1a)較佳為丙烯酸系樹脂。 The aforementioned adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably an acrylic resin.

作為前述丙烯酸系樹脂,例如可列舉:至少具有源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之結構單元之丙烯酸系聚合物。 As said acrylic resin, the acrylic polymer which has at least the structural unit derived from alkyl (meth)acrylate is mentioned, for example.

前述丙烯酸系樹脂所具有之結構單元可僅為1種,亦 可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The aforementioned acrylic resin may have only one structural unit, or There can be two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

作為前述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,例如可列舉構成烷基酯之烷基的碳數為1至20之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,前述烷基較佳為直鏈狀或支鏈狀。 Examples of the aforementioned alkyl (meth)acrylate include alkyl (meth)acrylates having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester, and the aforementioned alkyl group is preferably linear or branched. shape.

作為(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,更具體而言,可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸肉豆蔻酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十六烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸棕櫚酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十九烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二十烷基酯等。 As the alkyl (meth)acrylate, more specifically, methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate Ester, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, second butyl (meth)acrylate, tertiary butyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate Base) hexyl acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate Nonyl ester, isononyl (meth)acrylate, decyl (meth)acrylate, undecyl (meth)acrylate, dodecyl (meth)acrylate (lauryl (meth)acrylate) , Tridecyl (meth)acrylate, tetradecyl (meth)acrylate (myristyl (meth)acrylate), pentadecyl (meth)acrylate, ten (meth)acrylate Hexaalkyl ester (palmityl (meth)acrylate), heptadecyl (meth)acrylate, stearyl (meth)acrylate (stearyl (meth)acrylate), (meth) Nonadecyl acrylate, eicosyl (meth)acrylate, etc.

就黏著劑層的黏著力提高之方面而言,前述丙烯酸系聚合物較佳為具有源自前述烷基的碳數為2以上之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之結構單元。並且,就黏著劑層的黏著力進 一步提高之方面而言,前述烷基的碳數較佳為2以上12以下,更佳為4以上8以下。另外,前述烷基的碳數為4以上之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯較佳為丙烯酸烷基酯。 In terms of improving the adhesive force of the adhesive layer, the acrylic polymer preferably has a structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth)acrylate having a carbon number of 2 or more derived from the alkyl group. And, the adhesive force of the adhesive layer is increased In terms of one step improvement, the carbon number of the aforementioned alkyl group is preferably 2 or more and 12 or less, and more preferably 4 or more and 8 or less. In addition, the alkyl (meth)acrylate whose alkyl group has 4 or more carbon atoms is preferably an alkyl acrylate.

前述丙烯酸系聚合物較佳為除源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之結構單元以外,進一步具有源自含官能基之單體之結構單元。 The aforementioned acrylic polymer preferably has a structural unit derived from a monomer containing a functional group in addition to a structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth)acrylate.

作為前述含官能基之單體,例如可列舉以下單體,該單體可藉由前述官能基與後述之交聯劑反應而成為交聯的起點,或者可藉由前述官能基與後述之含不飽和基之化合物中的不飽和基反應,而於丙烯酸系聚合物的側鏈導入不飽和基。 As the aforementioned functional group-containing monomers, for example, the following monomers can be exemplified, which can be the starting point of crosslinking by reacting the aforementioned functional group with the crosslinking agent described later, or can be formed by reacting the aforementioned functional group with the aforementioned crosslinking agent. The unsaturated group in the unsaturated group reacts, and the unsaturated group is introduced into the side chain of the acrylic polymer.

作為含官能基之單體中的前述官能基,例如可列舉:羥基、羧基、胺基、環氧基等。 Examples of the functional group in the functional group-containing monomer include a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an amino group, and an epoxy group.

亦即,作為含官能基之單體,例如可列舉:含羥基之單體、含羧基之單體、含胺基之單體、含環氧基之單體等。 That is, as a monomer containing a functional group, for example, a monomer containing a hydroxyl group, a monomer containing a carboxyl group, a monomer containing an amine group, a monomer containing an epoxy group, and the like can be cited.

前述含羥基之單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸羥基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯等(甲基)丙烯酸羥基烷基酯;乙烯醇、烯丙醇等非(甲基)丙烯酸系不飽和醇(不具有(甲基)丙烯醯基骨架之不飽和醇)等。 The aforementioned hydroxyl-containing monomers include, for example, hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxy (meth)acrylate Propyl ester, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate and other hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylates; vinyl alcohol, alkene Non-(meth)acrylic unsaturated alcohols such as propanol (unsaturated alcohols that do not have a (meth)acryloyl skeleton), etc.

作為前述含羧基之單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸、丁烯酸等乙烯性不飽和單羧酸(具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之單羧酸);富馬酸、衣康酸、馬來酸、檸康酸等乙烯性不飽和二羧酸(具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之二羧酸);前述乙烯性不飽和二羧酸的酐;甲基丙烯酸2-羧基乙酯等(甲基)丙烯酸羧基烷基酯等。 Examples of the aforementioned carboxyl group-containing monomer include: ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acids (monocarboxylic acids having ethylenically unsaturated bonds) such as (meth)acrylic acid and crotonic acid; fumaric acid, itaconic acid, Maleic acid, citraconic acid and other ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids (dicarboxylic acids with ethylenically unsaturated bonds); anhydrides of the aforementioned ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids; 2-carboxyethyl methacrylate, etc. (form Group) carboxyalkyl acrylate and the like.

含官能基之單體較佳為含羥基之單體或含羧基之單體,更佳為含羥基之單體。 The functional group-containing monomer is preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer or a carboxyl group-containing monomer, and more preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer.

構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物之含官能基之單體可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The functional group-containing monomer constituting the aforementioned acrylic polymer may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

前述丙烯酸系聚合物中,源自含官能基之單體之結構單元的含量相對於結構單元的總量,較佳為1質量%以上29質量%以下,更佳為2質量%以上25質量%以下,尤佳為3質量%以上23質量%以下。 In the aforementioned acrylic polymer, the content of structural units derived from functional group-containing monomers relative to the total amount of structural units is preferably 1% by mass to 29% by mass, more preferably 2% by mass to 25% by mass Below, 3 mass% or more and 23 mass% or less are especially preferable.

前述丙烯酸系聚合物中,除源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之結構單元及源自含官能基之單體之結構單元以外,亦可進一步具有源自其他單體之結構單元。 In the aforementioned acrylic polymer, in addition to the structural unit derived from the alkyl (meth)acrylate and the structural unit derived from the functional group-containing monomer, it may further have a structural unit derived from another monomer.

前述其他單體只要可與(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯等進行 共聚合,則並無特別限定。 The aforementioned other monomers can be combined with alkyl (meth)acrylate, etc. Copolymerization is not particularly limited.

作為前述其他單體,例如可列舉:苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、甲酸乙烯酯、乙酸乙烯酯、丙烯腈、丙烯醯胺等。 Examples of the aforementioned other monomers include styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyl toluene, vinyl formate, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, acrylamide, and the like.

構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物之前述其他單體可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The aforementioned other monomers constituting the aforementioned acrylic polymer may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

前述丙烯酸系聚合物可用作上述之非能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)。 The aforementioned acrylic polymer can be used as the aforementioned non-energy-ray-curable adhesive resin (I-1a).

另一方面,使前述丙烯酸系聚合物中的官能基,與具有能量線聚合性不飽和基(能量線聚合性基)之含不飽和基之化合物反應而成之化合物可用作上述之能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-2a)。 On the other hand, a compound obtained by reacting a functional group in the aforementioned acrylic polymer with an unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy-ray polymerizable unsaturated group (energy-ray polymerizable group) can be used as the aforementioned energy beam Curable adhesive resin (I-2a).

黏著劑組成物(I-1)所含有之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 Adhesive resin (I-1a) contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected .

黏著劑組成物(I-1)中,相對於溶劑以外的全部成分的總含量,黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的含量較佳為5質量%以上99質量%以下,更佳為10質量%以上95質量%以下,尤佳為15質量%以上90質量%以下。 In the adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably 5% by mass or more and 99% by mass or less, and more preferably 10% by mass relative to the total content of all components other than the solvent Above 95% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or more and 90% by mass or less.

[能量線硬化性化合物] [Energy ray hardening compound]

作為黏著劑組成物(I-1)所含有之前述能量線硬化性化合物,可列舉具有能量線聚合性不飽和基且可藉由照射能量線而硬化之單體或低聚物。 Examples of the aforementioned energy ray curable compound contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) include monomers or oligomers that have an energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group and can be cured by energy ray irradiation.

能量線硬化性化合物中,作為單體,例如可列舉:三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,4-丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯等多元(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯;聚酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯;聚醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯;環氧(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 Among the energy ray curable compounds, examples of monomers include trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol (meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, (Meth)acrylates such as acrylate, 1,4-butanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol (meth)acrylate, etc.; (meth)acrylic urethane Acid ester; polyester (meth)acrylate; polyether (meth)acrylate; epoxy (meth)acrylate, etc.

能量線硬化性化合物中,作為低聚物,例如可列舉:上述所例示之單體進行聚合而成之低聚物等。 Among the energy ray curable compounds, examples of the oligomer include oligomers obtained by polymerizing the monomers exemplified above.

就分子量相對較大,不易使黏著劑層的儲存彈性模數降低之方面而言,能量線硬化性化合物較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯或(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯低聚物。 In terms of relatively large molecular weight and not easy to reduce the storage elastic modulus of the adhesive layer, the energy ray curable compound is preferably (meth)acrylate urethane or (meth)acrylate urethane formic acid Ester oligomers.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)所含有之前述能量線硬化性化合物可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The aforementioned energy ray curable compound contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

前述黏著劑組成物(I-1)中,相對於溶劑以外的全部成分的總含量,前述能量線硬化性化合物的含量較佳為1 質量%以上95質量%以下,更佳為2質量%以上90質量%以下,尤佳為3質量%以上85質量%以下。例如可為3質量%以上80質量%以下、3質量%以上65質量%以下、3質量%以上50質量%以下以及3質量%以上35質量%以下等之任一種。 In the adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the energy ray curable compound is preferably 1 relative to the total content of all components other than the solvent Mass% or more and 95 mass% or less, more preferably 2 mass% or more and 90 mass% or less, and particularly preferably 3 mass% or more and 85% by mass or less. For example, it may be any of 3% by mass or more and 80% by mass or less, 3% by mass or more and 65% by mass or less, 3% by mass or more and 50% by mass or less, and 3% by mass or more and 35% by mass or less.

[交聯劑] [Crosslinking agent]

於使用除源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之結構單元以外,進一步具有源自含官能基之單體之結構單元之前述丙烯酸系聚合物作為黏著性樹脂(I-1a)之情形時,黏著劑組成物(I-1)較佳為進一步含有交聯劑。 When using the aforementioned acrylic polymer having a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to the structural unit derived from alkyl (meth)acrylate as the adhesive resin (I-1a), The adhesive composition (I-1) preferably further contains a crosslinking agent.

前述交聯劑例如與前述官能基反應而使黏著性樹脂(I-1a)彼此進行交聯。 The crosslinking agent reacts with the functional group, for example, to crosslink the adhesive resins (I-1a).

作為交聯劑,例如可列舉:甲苯二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯、苯二甲基二異氰酸酯、這些二異氰酸酯之加合物等異氰酸酯系交聯劑(具有異氰酸酯基之交聯劑);乙二醇縮水甘油醚等環氧系交聯劑(具有縮水甘油基之交聯劑);六[1-(2-甲基)-氮丙啶基]三膦三嗪等氮丙啶系交聯劑(具有氮丙啶基之交聯劑);鋁螯合物等金屬螯合物系交聯劑(具有金屬螯合物結構之交聯劑);異氰脲酸酯系交聯劑(具有異氰脲酸骨架之交聯劑)等。 Examples of the crosslinking agent include isocyanate-based crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having isocyanate groups) such as toluene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, and adducts of these diisocyanates; Epoxy crosslinking agent such as ethylene glycol glycidyl ether (crosslinking agent with glycidyl group); hexa[1-(2-methyl)-aziridinyl] triphosphine triazine and other aziridine crosslinking agents Linking agent (crosslinking agent with aziridin group); metal chelate crosslinking agent such as aluminum chelate (crosslinking agent with metal chelate structure); isocyanurate crosslinking agent ( Crosslinking agent with isocyanuric acid skeleton) and so on.

就提高黏著劑的凝聚力而提高黏著劑層的黏著力之方面以及容易獲取等方面而言,交聯劑較佳為異氰酸酯系 交聯劑。 In terms of improving the cohesive force of the adhesive and improving the adhesive force of the adhesive layer, as well as easy availability, the crosslinking agent is preferably an isocyanate-based Crosslinking agent.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)所含有之交聯劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The crosslinking agent contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

前述黏著劑組成物(I-1)中,交聯劑的含量相對於黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的含量100質量份,較佳為0.01質量份以上50質量份以下,更佳為0.1質量份以上30質量份以下,尤佳為0.3質量份以上23質量份以下。 In the aforementioned adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the crosslinking agent relative to the content of the adhesive resin (I-1a) is 100 parts by mass, preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more and 50 parts by mass or less, more preferably 0.1 parts by mass Part or more and 30 parts by mass or less, more preferably 0.3 part by mass or more and 23 parts by mass or less.

[光聚合起始劑] [Photopolymerization initiator]

黏著劑組成物(I-1)亦可進一步含有光聚合起始劑。對於含有光聚合起始劑之黏著劑組成物(I-1),即便照射紫外線等相對較低能量之能量線,亦充分地進行硬化反應。 The adhesive composition (I-1) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. For the adhesive composition (I-1) containing a photopolymerization initiator, even if it is irradiated with relatively low-energy energy rays such as ultraviolet rays, the curing reaction proceeds sufficiently.

作為前述光聚合起始劑,例如可列舉:安息香、安息香甲醚、安息香乙醚、安息香異丙醚、安息香異丁醚、安息香苯甲酸、安息香苯甲酸甲酯、安息香二甲基縮酮等安息香化合物;苯乙酮、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基-丙烷-1-酮、2,2-二甲氧基-1,2-二苯基乙烷-1-酮等苯乙酮化合物;雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)苯基氧化膦、2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基二苯基氧化膦等醯基氧化膦化合物;苄基苯基硫化物、一硫化四甲基秋蘭姆等硫化物化合物;1-羥基環己基苯基 酮等α-酮醇化合物;偶氮雙異丁腈等偶氮化合物;二茂鈦等二茂鈦化合物;噻噸酮等噻噸酮化合物;過氧化物化合物;二乙醯等二酮化合物;苯偶醯;二苯偶醯;二苯甲酮;2,4-二乙基噻噸酮;1,2-二苯基甲烷;2-羥基-2-甲基-1-[4-(1-甲基乙烯基)苯基]丙酮;2-氯蒽醌等。 Examples of the aforementioned photopolymerization initiator include benzoin compounds such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin benzoic acid, benzoin methyl benzoate, and benzoin dimethyl ketal. ; Acetophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propane-1-one, 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane-1-one, etc. Ketone compounds; bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl)phenyl phosphine oxide, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl diphenyl phosphine oxide and other phosphine oxide compounds; benzyl Sulfide compounds such as phenyl sulfide and tetramethylthiuram monosulfide; 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl Α-keto alcohol compounds such as ketones; azo compounds such as azobisisobutyronitrile; titanocene compounds such as titanocene; thioxanthone compounds such as thioxanthone; peroxide compounds; diketone compounds such as diacetyl; Benzol; Diphenylol; Benzophenone; 2,4-Diethylthioxanthone; 1,2-Diphenylmethane; 2-Hydroxy-2-methyl-1-[4-(1 -Methylvinyl)phenyl]acetone; 2-chloroanthraquinone and the like.

另外,作為前述光聚合起始劑,例如亦可使用1-氯蒽醌等醌化合物;胺等光增感劑等。 In addition, as the aforementioned photopolymerization initiator, for example, quinone compounds such as 1-chloroanthraquinone; photosensitizers such as amines, and the like can also be used.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)所含有之光聚合起始劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The photopolymerization initiator contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)中,光聚合起始劑的含量相對於前述能量線硬化性化合物的含量100質量份,較佳為0.01質量份以上20質量份以下,更佳為0.03質量份以上10質量份以下,尤佳為0.05質量份以上5質量份以下。 In the adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the photopolymerization initiator relative to 100 parts by mass of the energy ray curable compound is preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more and 20 parts by mass or less, more preferably 0.03 parts by mass Above 10 parts by mass or less, more preferably 0.05 parts by mass or more and 5 parts by mass or less.

[其他添加劑] [Other additives]

黏著劑組成物(I-1)中,在無損本實施形態中之功效之範圍內,亦可含有不符合上述任一種成分之其他添加劑。 The adhesive composition (I-1) may contain other additives that do not meet any of the above-mentioned components within the range that does not impair the efficacy of this embodiment.

作為前述其他添加劑,例如可列舉:抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、軟化劑(塑化劑)、填充材料(填料)、防鏽劑、著色劑(顏料、染料)、增感劑、黏著賦予劑、反應延遲劑、交聯促進劑(觸媒)等公知的添加劑。 Examples of the aforementioned other additives include: antistatic agents, antioxidants, softeners (plasticizers), fillers (fillers), rust inhibitors, colorants (pigments, dyes), sensitizers, adhesion-imparting agents, Known additives such as reaction delay agents and crosslinking accelerators (catalysts).

再者,所謂反應延遲劑,例如抑制因混入至黏著劑組成物(I-1)中之觸媒之作用而導致保存中之黏著劑組成物(I-1)中進行目標外的交聯反應。作為反應延遲劑,例如可列舉藉由針對觸媒之螯合物而形成螯合物錯合物之化合物,更具體而言,可列舉:於1分子中具有2個以上之羰基(-C(=O)-)之化合物。 Furthermore, the so-called reaction delay agent, for example, inhibits the off-target cross-linking reaction in the adhesive composition (I-1) during storage due to the action of the catalyst mixed in the adhesive composition (I-1) . As the reaction delay agent, for example, a compound that forms a chelate complex by a chelate against a catalyst can be cited. More specifically, it can include: having two or more carbonyl groups (-C( =O)-) Compounds.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)所含有之其他添加劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The other additives contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)中,其他添加劑的含量並無特別限定,根據該其他添加劑的種類適宜選擇即可。 The content of other additives in the adhesive composition (I-1) is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type of the other additives.

[溶劑] [Solvent]

黏著劑組成物(I-1)亦可含有溶劑。黏著劑組成物(I-1)藉由含有溶劑,對塗敷對象面之塗敷適性提高。 The adhesive composition (I-1) may also contain a solvent. The adhesive composition (I-1) contains a solvent to improve the coating suitability of the coating target surface.

前述溶劑較佳為有機溶劑,作為前述有機溶劑,例如可列舉:甲基乙基酮、丙酮等酮;乙酸乙酯等酯(羧酸酯);四氫呋喃、二噁烷(dioxane)等醚;環己烷、正己烷等脂肪族烴;甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴;1-丙醇、2-丙醇等醇等。 The aforementioned solvent is preferably an organic solvent. Examples of the aforementioned organic solvent include: ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and acetone; esters (carboxylic acid esters) such as ethyl acetate; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran and dioxane (dioxane); Aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane and n-hexane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; alcohols such as 1-propanol and 2-propanol.

作為前述溶劑,例如可將製造黏著性樹脂(I-1a)時所 使用之溶劑不自黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中去除而直接於黏著劑組成物(I-1)中使用,亦可於製造黏著劑組成物(I-1)時另行添加與製造黏著性樹脂(I-1a)時所使用之溶劑相同種類或不同種類之溶劑。 As the aforementioned solvent, for example, the adhesive resin (I-1a) used in the production of The solvent used is not removed from the adhesive resin (I-1a) and used directly in the adhesive composition (I-1). It can also be added separately when manufacturing the adhesive composition (I-1) to make adhesive properties. The solvent used in the resin (I-1a) is the same type or different types of solvents.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)所含有之溶劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The solvent contained in the adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)中,溶劑的含量並無特別限定,適宜調節即可。 In the adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted appropriately.

<黏著劑組成物(I-2)> <Adhesive composition (I-2)>

如上所述,前述黏著劑組成物(I-2)含有能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-2a),該能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-2a)於非能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的側鏈導入有不飽和基。 As mentioned above, the aforementioned adhesive composition (I-2) contains an energy-ray-curable adhesive resin (I-2a), and the energy-ray-curable adhesive resin (I-2a) is used in a non-energy-ray-curable adhesive resin (I-2a) An unsaturated group is introduced into the side chain of the adhesive resin (I-1a).

[黏著性樹脂(I-2a)] [Adhesive resin (I-2a)]

前述黏著性樹脂(I-2a)例如藉由使黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中的官能基與具有能量線聚合性不飽和基之含不飽和基之化合物反應而獲得。 The aforementioned adhesive resin (I-2a) is obtained, for example, by reacting a functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) with an unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy-ray polymerizable unsaturated group.

前述含不飽和基之化合物除具有前述能量線聚合性 不飽和基以外,進一步具有以下基,該基藉由與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中的官能基反應,可與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)鍵結。 The aforementioned unsaturated group-containing compound has the aforementioned energy ray polymerizability In addition to the unsaturated group, it further has the following group which can bond with the adhesive resin (I-1a) by reacting with the functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a).

作為前述能量線聚合性不飽和基,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基(次乙基)、烯丙基(2-丙烯基)等,較佳為(甲基)丙烯醯基。 Examples of the energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group include (meth)acrylic acid group, vinyl (ethylene group), allyl group (2-propenyl group), etc., and (meth)acrylic acid group is preferred. base.

作為可與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中的官能基鍵結之基,例如可列舉:可與羥基或胺基鍵結之異氰酸酯基及縮水甘油基、以及可與羧基或環氧基鍵結之羥基及胺基等。 Examples of groups that can be bonded to the functional groups in the adhesive resin (I-1a) include: isocyanate groups and glycidyl groups that can be bonded to hydroxyl groups or amino groups, and carboxyl groups or epoxy groups that can be bonded The hydroxyl and amino groups, etc.

作為前述含不飽和基之化合物,例如可列舉:異氰酸(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯醯基異氰酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等。 Examples of the aforementioned unsaturated group-containing compound include (meth)acryloxyethyl isocyanate, (meth)acryloyl isocyanate, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, and the like.

黏著劑組成物(I-2)所含有之黏著性樹脂(I-2a)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 Adhesive resin (I-2a) contained in the adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected .

黏著劑組成物(I-2)中,相對於溶劑以外的全部成分的總含量,黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的含量較佳為5質量%以上99質量%以下,更佳為10質量%以上95質量%以下,尤佳為10質量%以上90質量%以下。 In the adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the adhesive resin (I-2a) is preferably 5% by mass or more and 99% by mass or less, and more preferably 10% by mass relative to the total content of all components other than the solvent Above 95% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass or more and 90% by mass or less.

[交聯劑] [Crosslinking agent]

於使用例如與黏著性樹脂(I-1a)中相同的具有源自含 官能基之單體之結構單元之前述丙烯酸系聚合物作為黏著性樹脂(I-2a)之情形時,黏著劑組成物(I-2)亦可進一步含有交聯劑。 For use, for example, the same as in the adhesive resin (I-1a), which is derived from containing When the aforementioned acrylic polymer, which is the structural unit of the functional group monomer, is used as the adhesive resin (I-2a), the adhesive composition (I-2) may further contain a crosslinking agent.

作為黏著劑組成物(I-2)中的前述交聯劑,可列舉與黏著劑組成物(I-1)中的交聯劑相同的化合物。 Examples of the crosslinking agent in the adhesive composition (I-2) include the same compounds as the crosslinking agent in the adhesive composition (I-1).

黏著劑組成物(I-2)所含有之交聯劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The crosslinking agent contained in the adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

前述黏著劑組成物(I-2)中,交聯劑的含量相對於黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的含量100質量份,較佳為0.01質量份以上25質量份以下,更佳為0.05質量份以上20質量份以下,尤佳為0.1質量份以上15質量份以下。 In the aforementioned adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the crosslinking agent relative to the content of the adhesive resin (I-2a) is 100 parts by mass, preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more and 25 parts by mass or less, more preferably 0.05 parts by mass Part or more and 20 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 0.1 part by mass or more and 15 parts by mass or less.

[光聚合起始劑] [Photopolymerization initiator]

黏著劑組成物(I-2)亦可進一步含有光聚合起始劑。對於含有光聚合起始劑之黏著劑組成物(I-2),即便照射紫外線等相對較低能量之能量線,亦充分地進行硬化反應。 The adhesive composition (I-2) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. For the adhesive composition (I-2) containing a photopolymerization initiator, even if it is irradiated with relatively low-energy energy rays such as ultraviolet rays, the curing reaction proceeds sufficiently.

作為黏著劑組成物(I-2)中的前述光聚合起始劑,可列舉與黏著劑組成物(I-1)中的光聚合起始劑相同的化合物。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator in the adhesive composition (I-2) include the same compounds as the photopolymerization initiator in the adhesive composition (I-1).

黏著劑組成物(I-2)所含有之光聚合起始劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組 合及比率可任意選擇。 The photopolymerization initiator contained in the adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, a combination of these The combination and ratio can be selected arbitrarily.

黏著劑組成物(I-2)中,光聚合起始劑的含量相對於黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的含量100質量份,較佳為0.01質量份以上20質量份以下,更佳為0.03質量份以上10質量份以下,尤佳為0.05質量份以上5質量份以下。 In the adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the photopolymerization initiator relative to 100 parts by mass of the adhesive resin (I-2a) is preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more and 20 parts by mass or less, more preferably 0.03 Part by mass or more and 10 parts by mass or less, more preferably 0.05 part by mass or more and 5 parts by mass or less.

[其他添加劑] [Other additives]

黏著劑組成物(I-2)中,在無損本實施形態中之功效之範圍內,亦可含有不符合上述任一種成分之其他添加劑。 The adhesive composition (I-2) may contain other additives that do not meet any of the above-mentioned components within the range that does not impair the efficacy of the present embodiment.

作為黏著劑組成物(I-2)中的前述其他添加劑,可列舉與黏著劑組成物(I-1)中的其他添加劑相同的化合物。 Examples of the aforementioned other additives in the adhesive composition (I-2) include the same compounds as the other additives in the adhesive composition (I-1).

黏著劑組成物(I-2)所含有之其他添加劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The other additives contained in the adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

黏著劑組成物(I-2)中,其他添加劑的含量並無特別限定,根據該其他添加劑的種類適宜選擇即可。 The content of other additives in the adhesive composition (I-2) is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type of the other additives.

[溶劑] [Solvent]

以與黏著劑組成物(I-1)之情形相同之目的,黏著劑組成物(I-2)亦可含有溶劑。 For the same purpose as in the case of the adhesive composition (I-1), the adhesive composition (I-2) may also contain a solvent.

作為黏著劑組成物(I-2)中的前述溶劑,可列舉與黏著劑組成物(I-1)中的溶劑相同的溶劑。 Examples of the aforementioned solvent in the adhesive composition (I-2) include the same solvents as the solvent in the adhesive composition (I-1).

黏著劑組成物(I-2)所含有之溶劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The solvent contained in the adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

黏著劑組成物(I-2)中,溶劑的含量並無特別限定,適宜調節即可。 In the adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted appropriately.

<黏著劑組成物(I-3)> <Adhesive composition (I-3)>

如上所述,前述黏著劑組成物(I-3)含有前述黏著性樹脂(I-2a)以及能量線硬化性化合物。 As described above, the adhesive composition (I-3) contains the adhesive resin (I-2a) and the energy ray curable compound.

黏著劑組成物(I-3)中,相對於溶劑以外的全部成分的總含量,黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的含量較佳為5質量%以上99質量%以下,更佳為10質量%以上95質量%以下,尤佳為15質量%以上90質量%以下。 In the adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the adhesive resin (I-2a) is preferably 5% by mass or more and 99% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass relative to the total content of all components other than the solvent Above 95% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or more and 90% by mass or less.

[能量線硬化性化合物] [Energy ray hardening compound]

作為黏著劑組成物(I-3)所含有之前述能量線硬化性化合物,可列舉具有能量線聚合性不飽和基且可藉由照射能量線而硬化之單體及低聚物,可列舉與黏著劑組成物(I-1)所含有之能量線硬化性化合物相同的化合物。 Examples of the aforementioned energy ray curable compound contained in the adhesive composition (I-3) include monomers and oligomers that have energy ray polymerizable unsaturated groups and can be cured by energy ray irradiation, including The same compound as the energy ray curable compound contained in the adhesive composition (I-1).

黏著劑組成物(I-3)所含有之前述能量線硬化性化合物可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The aforementioned energy ray curable compound contained in the adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

前述黏著劑組成物(I-3)中,前述能量線硬化性化合物的含量相對於黏著性樹脂(I-2a)的含量100質量份,較佳為0.01質量份以上300質量份以下,更佳為0.03質量份以上200質量份以下,尤佳為0.05質量份以上100質量份以下。 In the adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the energy ray curable compound relative to 100 parts by mass of the adhesive resin (I-2a) is preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more and 300 parts by mass or less, more preferably It is 0.03 part by mass or more and 200 parts by mass or less, more preferably 0.05 part by mass or more and 100 parts by mass or less.

[光聚合起始劑] [Photopolymerization initiator]

黏著劑組成物(I-3)亦可進一步含有光聚合起始劑。對於含有光聚合起始劑之黏著劑組成物(I-3),即便照射紫外線等相對較低能量之能量線,亦充分地進行硬化反應。 The adhesive composition (I-3) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. For the adhesive composition (I-3) containing a photopolymerization initiator, even if it is irradiated with relatively low-energy energy rays such as ultraviolet rays, the curing reaction proceeds sufficiently.

作為黏著劑組成物(I-3)中的前述光聚合起始劑,可列舉與黏著劑組成物(I-1)中的光聚合起始劑相同的化合物。 Examples of the aforementioned photopolymerization initiator in the adhesive composition (I-3) include the same compounds as the photopolymerization initiator in the adhesive composition (I-1).

黏著劑組成物(I-3)所含有之光聚合起始劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The photopolymerization initiator contained in the adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

黏著劑組成物(I-3)中,光聚合起始劑的含量相對於黏著性樹脂(I-2a)及前述能量線硬化性化合物的總含量100質量份,較佳為0.01質量份以上20質量份以下,更佳為0.03質量份以上10質量份以下,尤佳為0.05質量份以上5質量份以下。 In the adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is 100 parts by mass relative to the total content of the adhesive resin (I-2a) and the aforementioned energy ray curable compound, preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more. 20 Parts by mass or less, more preferably 0.03 parts by mass or more and 10 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 0.05 parts by mass or more and 5 parts by mass or less.

[其他添加劑] [Other additives]

黏著劑組成物(I-3)中,在無損本實施形態中之功效之範圍內,亦可含有不符合上述任一種成分之其他添加劑。 The adhesive composition (I-3) may contain other additives that do not meet any of the above-mentioned components within the range that does not impair the efficacy of the present embodiment.

作為前述其他添加劑,可列舉與黏著劑組成物(I-1)中的其他添加劑相同的化合物。 Examples of the aforementioned other additives include the same compounds as the other additives in the adhesive composition (I-1).

黏著劑組成物(I-3)所含有之其他添加劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The other additives contained in the adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

黏著劑組成物(I-3)中,其他添加劑的含量並無特別限定,根據該其他添加劑的種類適宜選擇即可。 The content of other additives in the adhesive composition (I-3) is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type of the other additives.

[溶劑] [Solvent]

以與黏著劑組成物(I-1)之情形相同之目的,黏著劑組成物(I-3)亦可含有溶劑。 For the same purpose as in the case of the adhesive composition (I-1), the adhesive composition (I-3) may also contain a solvent.

作為黏著劑組成物(I-3)中的前述溶劑,可列舉與黏著劑組成物(I-1)中的溶劑相同的溶劑。 Examples of the aforementioned solvent in the adhesive composition (I-3) include the same solvents as the solvent in the adhesive composition (I-1).

黏著劑組成物(I-3)所含有之溶劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The solvent contained in the adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

黏著劑組成物(I-3)中,溶劑的含量並無特別限定,適宜調節即可。 In the adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted appropriately.

<黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-3)以外的黏著劑組成物> <Adhesive composition (I-1) to adhesive composition other than adhesive composition (I-3)>

前文主要對黏著劑組成物(I-1)、黏著劑組成物(I-2)以及黏著劑組成物(I-3)進行了說明,但對於這些3種黏著劑組成物以外的全部黏著劑組成物(本說明書中,稱為「黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-3)以外的黏著劑組成物」),亦可同樣地使用作為這些的含有成分所說明之成分。 The previous article mainly explained the adhesive composition (I-1), the adhesive composition (I-2), and the adhesive composition (I-3), but for all adhesives except for these three types of adhesive compositions The composition (referred to as the "adhesive composition (I-1) to the adhesive composition other than the adhesive composition (I-3) in this specification") can also be used in the same manner as the components described above The ingredients.

作為黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-3)以外的黏著劑組成物,除能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物以外,亦可列舉非能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物。 As the adhesive composition other than the adhesive composition (I-1) to the adhesive composition (I-3), in addition to the energy-ray-curable adhesive composition, non-energy-ray-curable adhesives can also be cited Composition.

作為非能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物,例如可列舉含有以下之非能量線硬化性之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)之黏著劑組成物(I-4):丙烯酸系樹脂、胺基甲酸酯系樹脂、橡膠系樹脂、聚矽氧系樹脂、環氧系樹脂、聚乙烯醚、聚碳酸酯、酯系樹脂等,較佳為含有丙烯酸系樹脂。 As a non-energy-ray-curable adhesive composition, for example, an adhesive composition (I-4) containing the following non-energy-ray-curable adhesive resin (I-1a): acrylic resin, urethane Ester resins, rubber resins, silicone resins, epoxy resins, polyvinyl ethers, polycarbonates, ester resins, etc., preferably contain acrylic resins.

黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-3)以外的黏著劑組成物較佳為含有1種或2種以上之交聯劑,該交聯劑的含量可設為與上述之黏著劑組成物(I-1)等之情形相同。 Adhesive compositions other than the adhesive composition (I-1) to the adhesive composition (I-3) preferably contain one or more crosslinking agents, and the content of the crosslinking agent can be set to The adhesive composition (I-1) mentioned above is the same.

<黏著劑組成物(I-4)> <Adhesive composition (I-4)>

作為較佳的黏著劑組成物(I-4),例如可列舉:含有前述黏著性樹脂(I-1a)以及交聯劑之黏著劑組成物。 As a preferable adhesive composition (I-4), the adhesive composition containing the said adhesive resin (I-1a) and a crosslinking agent is mentioned, for example.

[黏著性樹脂(I-1a)] [Adhesive resin (I-1a)]

作為黏著劑組成物(I-4)中的黏著性樹脂(I-1a),可列舉與黏著劑組成物(I-1)中的黏著性樹脂(I-1a)相同的黏著性樹脂。 Examples of the adhesive resin (I-1a) in the adhesive composition (I-4) include the same adhesive resins as the adhesive resin (I-1a) in the adhesive composition (I-1).

黏著劑組成物(I-4)所含有之黏著性樹脂(I-1a)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 Adhesive resin (I-1a) contained in the adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected .

黏著劑組成物(I-4)中,相對於溶劑以外的全部成分的總含量,黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的含量較佳為5質量%以上99質量%以下,更佳為10質量%以上95質量%以下,尤佳為15質量%以上90質量%以下。例如,可為3質量%以上85質量%以下、40質量%以上85質量%以下以及50質量%以上85質量%以下等之任一種。 In the adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably 5% by mass or more and 99% by mass or less, more preferably 10% by mass relative to the total content of all components other than the solvent Above 95% by mass or less, more preferably 15% by mass or more and 90% by mass or less. For example, it may be any of 3% by mass or more and 85% by mass or less, 40% by mass or more and 85% by mass or less, and 50% by mass or more and 85% by mass or less.

[交聯劑] [Crosslinking agent]

於使用除源自(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯之結構單元以外,進一步具有源自含官能基之單體之結構單元之前述丙烯酸系聚合物作為黏著性樹脂(I-1a)之情形時,黏著劑組成物(I-4)較佳為進一步含有交聯劑。 When using the aforementioned acrylic polymer having a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to the structural unit derived from alkyl (meth)acrylate as the adhesive resin (I-1a), The adhesive composition (I-4) preferably further contains a crosslinking agent.

作為黏著劑組成物(I-4)中的交聯劑,可列舉與黏著劑組成物(I-1)中的交聯劑相同的化合物。 Examples of the crosslinking agent in the adhesive composition (I-4) include the same compounds as the crosslinking agent in the adhesive composition (I-1).

黏著劑組成物(I-4)所含有之交聯劑可僅為1種,亦可 為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The adhesive composition (I-4) may contain only one type of crosslinking agent, or There are two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

前述黏著劑組成物(I-4)中,交聯劑的含量相對於黏著性樹脂(I-1a)的含量100質量份,較佳為0.01質量份以上50質量份以下,更佳為0.1質量份以上50質量份以下,尤佳為1質量份以上50質量份以下。 In the aforementioned adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the crosslinking agent relative to the content of the adhesive resin (I-1a) is 100 parts by mass, preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more and 50 parts by mass or less, more preferably 0.1 parts by mass Part or more and 50 parts by mass or less, more preferably 1 part by mass or more and 50 parts by mass or less.

[其他添加劑] [Other additives]

黏著劑組成物(I-4)中,在無損本實施形態中之功效之範圍內,亦可含有不符合上述任一種成分之其他添加劑。 The adhesive composition (I-4) may contain other additives that do not meet any of the above-mentioned components within the range that does not impair the efficacy of the present embodiment.

作為前述其他添加劑,可列舉與黏著劑組成物(I-1)中的其他添加劑相同的化合物。 Examples of the aforementioned other additives include the same compounds as the other additives in the adhesive composition (I-1).

黏著劑組成物(I-4)所含有之其他添加劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The other additives contained in the adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

黏著劑組成物(I-4)中,其他添加劑的含量並無特別限定,根據該其他添加劑的種類適宜選擇即可。 The content of other additives in the adhesive composition (I-4) is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type of the other additives.

[溶劑] [Solvent]

以與黏著劑組成物(I-1)之情形相同之目的,黏著劑組成物(I-4)亦可含有溶劑。 For the same purpose as in the case of the adhesive composition (I-1), the adhesive composition (I-4) may also contain a solvent.

作為黏著劑組成物(I-4)中的前述溶劑,可列舉與黏著 劑組成物(I-1)中的溶劑相同的溶劑。 Examples of the aforementioned solvents in the adhesive composition (I-4) include adhesives The solvent in the agent composition (I-1) is the same solvent.

黏著劑組成物(I-4)所含有之溶劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The solvent contained in the adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

黏著劑組成物(I-4)中,溶劑的含量並無特別限定,適宜調節即可。 In the adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted appropriately.

<<黏著劑組成物的製造方法>> <<Manufacturing method of adhesive composition>>

黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-3)、或黏著劑組成物(I-4)等黏著劑組成物(I-1)至黏著劑組成物(I-3)以外的黏著劑組成物藉由將前述黏著劑及視需要之前述黏著劑以外的成分等用以構成黏著劑組成物之各成分加以調配而獲得。 Adhesive composition (I-1) to adhesive composition (I-3), or adhesive composition (I-4) and other adhesive composition (I-1) to adhesive composition (I-3) The adhesive composition other than that is obtained by blending the adhesive and components other than the adhesive if necessary, etc., to constitute the adhesive composition.

調配各成分時之添加順序並無特別限定,亦可同時添加2種以上之成分。 The order of addition when formulating each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added at the same time.

於使用溶劑之情形時,可藉由下述方式使用:將溶劑與溶劑以外的任一種調配成分混合而將該調配成分預先稀釋;亦可藉由下述方式使用:不將溶劑以外的任一種調配成分預先稀釋而將溶劑與這些調配成分混合。 When a solvent is used, it can be used by the following method: mixing the solvent with any compounding component other than the solvent and diluting the compounding component in advance; it can also be used by the following method: not adding any one other than the solvent The compounding components are diluted in advance, and the solvent is mixed with these compounding components.

調配時混合各成分之方法並無特別限定,自以下公知的方法中適宜選擇即可:使攪拌子或攪拌翼等旋轉而進行混合之方法;使用混合機進行混合之方法;施加超音波進行混合之方法等。 The method of mixing each component during compounding is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from the following known methods: a method of mixing by rotating a stirrer or a stirring blade; a method of mixing using a mixer; mixing by applying ultrasonic waves The method and so on.

關於添加及混合各成分時的溫度及時間,只要不使各 調配成分劣化,則並無特別限定,適宜調節即可,溫度較佳為15℃至30℃。 Regarding the temperature and time when adding and mixing the ingredients, as long as they don’t There is no particular limitation on the deterioration of the compounding components, as long as they are adjusted appropriately, and the temperature is preferably 15°C to 30°C.

○中間層 ○Middle layer

中間層為片狀或膜狀,前述中間層的構成材料根據目的適宜選擇即可,並無特別限定。 The intermediate layer has a sheet shape or a film shape, and the constituent material of the aforementioned intermediate layer may be appropriately selected according to the purpose, and is not particularly limited.

另外,藉由適宜調整中間層的霧度,可將保護膜形成用複合片的霧度調整為上述範圍。 In addition, by appropriately adjusting the haze of the intermediate layer, the haze of the composite sheet for forming a protective film can be adjusted to the above-mentioned range.

中間層可具有硬化性,亦可具有非硬化性。另外,於中間層具有硬化性之情形時,可為熱硬化性及能量線硬化性之任一種。 The intermediate layer may be hardenable or non-hardenable. In addition, when the intermediate layer has curability, it may be either thermosetting or energy ray curability.

中間層可僅為1層(單層),亦可為2層以上之複數層,於為複數層之情形時,這些複數層相互可相同亦可不同,這些複數層之組合並無特別限定。 The intermediate layer may be only one layer (single layer), or plural layers of two or more layers. In the case of plural layers, these plural layers may be the same or different from each other, and the combination of these plural layers is not particularly limited.

中間層的厚度例如可為0.1μm以上200μm以下,可為1μm以上150μm以下,可為3μm以上120μm以下。 The thickness of the intermediate layer may be, for example, 0.1 μm or more and 200 μm or less, may be 1 μm or more and 150 μm or less, and may be 3 μm or more and 120 μm or less.

此處,所謂「中間層的厚度」意指中間層整體的厚度,意指構成中間層之全部層的合計厚度。再者,作為中間層的厚度的測定方法,例如可列舉以下方法等:於任意之5個部位使用接觸式厚度計測定厚度算出測定值之平均。 Here, the "thickness of the intermediate layer" means the thickness of the entire intermediate layer, and means the total thickness of all the layers constituting the intermediate layer. In addition, as a method of measuring the thickness of the intermediate layer, for example, the following method can be cited: the thickness is measured using a contact-type thickness meter at any 5 locations, and the average of the measured values is calculated.

<<中間層形成用組成物>> <<Composition for forming intermediate layer>>

中間層可使用含有該中間層之構成材料之中間層形成用組成物而形成。 The intermediate layer can be formed using a composition for forming an intermediate layer containing the constituent material of the intermediate layer.

例如,於中間層之形成對象面塗敷中間層形成用組成物,並視需要使中間層形成用組成物乾燥,或者藉由照射能量線而使中間層形成用組成物硬化,藉此可於目標部位形成中間層。 For example, the composition for forming the intermediate layer is applied to the surface to be formed of the intermediate layer, and the composition for forming the intermediate layer is dried as necessary, or the composition for forming the intermediate layer is cured by irradiating energy rays. The target part forms an intermediate layer.

利用公知的方法塗敷中間層形成用組成物即可,例如可利用與上述之黏著劑組成物之塗敷之情形相同的方法進行。 The composition for forming the intermediate layer may be applied by a known method, and for example, it may be carried out by the same method as the application of the adhesive composition described above.

中間層形成用組成物之乾燥條件並無特別限定。例如,含有溶劑之中間層形成用組成物較佳為進行加熱乾燥,該情形時,較佳為於例如70℃至130℃且10秒至5分鐘之條件下進行乾燥。 The drying conditions of the composition for forming an intermediate layer are not particularly limited. For example, the composition for forming an intermediate layer containing a solvent is preferably heated and dried. In this case, it is preferably dried under the conditions of, for example, 70° C. to 130° C. and 10 seconds to 5 minutes.

於中間層形成用組成物具有能量線硬化性之情形時,較佳為乾燥後,進一步藉由照射能量線而使中間層形成用組成物硬化。 When the composition for forming an intermediate layer has energy ray curability, it is preferable to further cure the composition for forming an intermediate layer by irradiating with energy ray after drying.

作為中間層形成用組成物,並無特別限定,例如可列舉與上述之黏著劑組成物中所例示之組成物相同的組成物。 The composition for forming an intermediate layer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the same compositions as those exemplified in the above-mentioned adhesive composition.

中間層形成用組成物中,在無損發明之功效之範圍內,亦可含有不符合上述任一種成分之其他添加劑。 The composition for forming the intermediate layer may contain other additives that do not meet any of the above-mentioned components within the range that does not impair the efficacy of the invention.

作為前述其他添加劑,例如可列舉與黏著劑組成物(I-1)中的其他添加劑相同的化合物。 Examples of the aforementioned other additives include the same compounds as the other additives in the adhesive composition (I-1).

例如,藉由中間層形成用組成物含有填充材料或著色劑,可將保護膜形成用複合片的霧度調整為上述範圍。 For example, when the composition for forming an intermediate layer contains a filler or a coloring agent, the haze of the composite sheet for forming a protective film can be adjusted to the above range.

◎保護膜形成用膜 ◎Film for forming protective film

保護膜形成用膜可具有硬化性,亦可具有非硬化性。 The film for forming a protective film may have curability or non-curable properties.

另外,於保護膜形成用膜具有硬化性之情形時,可為熱硬化性及能量線硬化性之任一種。 In addition, when the film for forming a protective film has curability, it may be either thermosetting or energy ray curability.

○熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜 ○Film for forming thermosetting protective film

作為較佳的熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜,例如可列舉含有聚合物成分(A)及熱硬化性成分(B)之膜。聚合物成分(A)係被視為聚合性化合物進行聚合反應而形成之成分。另外,熱硬化性成分(B)係可將熱作為反應之觸發(trigger)而進行硬化(聚合)反應之成分。再者,本發明中,聚合反應中亦包括縮聚反應。 As a preferable film for thermosetting protective film formation, a film containing a polymer component (A) and a thermosetting component (B) is mentioned, for example. The polymer component (A) is regarded as a component formed by the polymerization reaction of a polymerizable compound. In addition, the thermosetting component (B) is a component that can perform a hardening (polymerization) reaction using heat as a trigger of the reaction. Furthermore, in the present invention, a polycondensation reaction is also included in the polymerization reaction.

熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜可由1層(單層)構成,亦可由2層以上之複數層構成。於熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜由複數層構成之情形時,這些複數層相互可相同亦可不同。此處,所謂「複數層相互可相同亦可不同」意指與上述之基材之情形相同。並且,於複數層相互不同之情形時,這些複數層之組合並無特別限定。 The film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be composed of one layer (single layer), or may be composed of two or more layers. When the film for forming a thermosetting protective film is composed of a plurality of layers, these plurality of layers may be the same or different from each other. Here, "a plurality of layers may be the same or different from each other" means the same as the case of the above-mentioned base material. In addition, when the plural layers are different from each other, the combination of these plural layers is not particularly limited.

熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜的厚度較佳為1μm以上100μm以下,更佳為5μm以上75μm以下,尤佳為5μm以上50μm以下。藉由熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜的厚度為前述下限值以上,可形成保護能力更高的保護膜。另外,藉由熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜的厚度為前述上限值以下,可抑制厚度過厚。 The thickness of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film is preferably 1 μm or more and 100 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm or more and 75 μm or less, and particularly preferably 5 μm or more and 50 μm or less. When the thickness of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film is more than the aforementioned lower limit, a protective film with higher protection ability can be formed. In addition, when the thickness of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film is not more than the aforementioned upper limit, it is possible to suppress excessive thickness.

此處,所謂「熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜的厚度」意指熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜整體的厚度,例如所謂由複數層構成之熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜的厚度意指構成熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜之全部層的合計厚度。再者,作為熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜的厚度的測定方法,例如可列舉以下方法等:於任意之5個部位使用接觸式厚度計測定厚度算出測定值之平均。 Here, the "thickness of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film" means the thickness of the entire film for forming a thermosetting protective film. For example, the thickness of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film composed of a plurality of layers means the composition The total thickness of all layers of the thermosetting protective film formation film. In addition, as a method for measuring the thickness of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film, for example, the following method is mentioned: the thickness is measured at any 5 locations using a contact thickness meter, and the average of the measured values is calculated.

關於將熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜貼附於半導體晶圓的背面並使熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜硬化時的硬化條件,只要保護膜成為充分發揮該保護膜的功能之程度的硬化度,則並無特別限定,根據熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜的種類適宜選擇即可。 Regarding the curing conditions when the film for forming a thermosetting protective film is attached to the back surface of a semiconductor wafer and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film is cured, as long as the protective film has a degree of curing that can fully perform the function of the protective film , It is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type of film for forming a thermosetting protective film.

例如,熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜之硬化時的加熱溫度較佳為100℃以上200℃以下,更佳為110℃以上180℃以下,尤佳為120℃以上170℃以下。並且,前述硬化時的加熱時間較佳為0.5小時以上5小時以下,更佳為0.5小 時以上3小時以下,尤佳為1小時以上2小時以下。 For example, the heating temperature during curing of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film is preferably 100°C or more and 200°C or less, more preferably 110°C or more and 180°C or less, and particularly preferably 120°C or more and 170°C or less. In addition, the heating time during curing is preferably 0.5 hour or more and 5 hours or less, more preferably 0.5 hour Time is more than 3 hours, more preferably 1 hour to 2 hours.

<<熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物>> <<Composition for forming thermosetting protective film>>

熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜可使用含有該熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜的構成材料之熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物而形成。例如,於熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜之形成對象面塗敷熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物,並視需要使熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物乾燥,藉此可於目標部位形成熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜。熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物中的常溫下不會氣化的成分彼此的含量比率通常與熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中的前述成分彼此的含量比率相同。此處,所謂「常溫」如上文所說明。 The film for forming a thermosetting protective film can be formed using a composition for forming a thermosetting protective film containing the constituent material of the film for forming the thermosetting protective film. For example, the thermosetting protective film forming composition is applied to the surface to be formed of the thermosetting protective film forming film, and the composition for forming the thermosetting protective film is dried as necessary, thereby forming heat on the target site. A film for forming a curable protective film. The content ratio of the components that do not vaporize at room temperature in the composition for forming a thermosetting protective film is usually the same as the content ratio of the aforementioned components in the film for forming a thermosetting protective film. Here, the so-called "normal temperature" is as explained above.

熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物之塗敷例如可利用與上述之黏著劑組成物之塗敷之情形相同的方法進行。 The coating of the composition for forming a thermosetting protective film can be performed, for example, by the same method as in the case of the above-mentioned adhesive composition.

熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物之乾燥條件並無特別限定,於熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物含有後述溶劑之情形時,較佳為進行加熱乾燥,該情形時,較佳為於例如70℃以上130℃以下、10秒以上5分鐘以下之條件下進行乾燥。 The drying conditions of the composition for forming a thermosetting protective film are not particularly limited. When the composition for forming a thermosetting protective film contains a solvent described later, it is preferable to heat and dry. In this case, it is preferably Drying is performed under the conditions of 70°C or more and 130°C or less and 10 seconds or more and 5 minutes or less.

<熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)> <Composition for forming thermosetting protective film (III-1)>

作為熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物,例如,含有聚合 物成分(A)及熱硬化性成分(B)之熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)(本說明書中,有時僅簡記為「組成物(III-1)」)等。 As a composition for forming a thermosetting protective film, for example, it contains polymer The composition (III-1) for forming a thermosetting protective film of the component (A) and the thermosetting component (B) (in this specification, it may only be abbreviated as "composition (III-1)") and the like.

[0001] [0001]

[聚合物成分(A)] [Polymer component (A)]

聚合物成分(A)係用以對熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜賦予造膜性或可撓性等之聚合物化合物。 The polymer component (A) is a polymer compound for imparting film forming properties or flexibility to the film for forming a thermosetting protective film.

組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之聚合物成分(A)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The polymer component (A) contained in the composition (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, a combination of these And the ratio can be chosen arbitrarily.

作為聚合物成分(A),例如可列舉:丙烯酸系樹脂(具有(甲基)丙烯醯基之樹脂)、聚酯、胺基甲酸酯系樹脂(具有胺基甲酸酯鍵之樹脂)、丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯樹脂、聚矽氧系樹脂(具有矽氧烷鍵之樹脂)、橡膠系樹脂(具有橡膠結構之樹脂)、苯氧基樹脂、熱硬化性聚醯亞胺等,較佳為丙烯酸系樹脂。 As the polymer component (A), for example, acrylic resin (resin having a (meth)acrylic acid group), polyester, urethane resin (resin having a urethane bond), Acrylic urethane resin, polysiloxane resin (resin with silicone bond), rubber resin (resin with rubber structure), phenoxy resin, thermosetting polyimide, etc., preferably It is an acrylic resin.

作為聚合物成分(A)中的前述丙烯酸系樹脂,可列舉公知的丙烯酸系聚合物。 Examples of the acrylic resin in the polymer component (A) include known acrylic polymers.

丙烯酸系樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為10000以上2000000以下,更佳為100000以上1500000以下。藉由丙烯酸系樹脂的重量平均分子量為前述下限值以上,熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜的形狀穩定性(保管時的經時穩定 性)提高。另外,藉由丙烯酸系樹脂的重量平均分子量為前述上限值以下,熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜變得易於追隨被黏著體的凹凸面,可進一步抑制於被黏著體與熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜之間產生孔隙(void)等。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin is preferably 10,000 or more and 2,000,000 or less, more preferably 100,000 or more and 1,500,000 or less. Since the weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin is more than the aforementioned lower limit, the shape stability of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film (stability with time during storage) 性) improve. In addition, since the weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin is less than the aforementioned upper limit, the film for forming a thermosetting protective film becomes easy to follow the uneven surface of the adherend, and the adhesion to the adherend and the thermosetting protective film can be further suppressed. Voids and the like are generated between the forming films.

再者,本說明書中,所謂重量平均分子量,只要無特別說明,則為藉由凝膠滲透層析(GPC;Gel Permeation Chromatography)法所測定之聚苯乙烯換算值。 In addition, in this specification, the weight average molecular weight, unless otherwise specified, is a polystyrene conversion value measured by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC; Gel Permeation Chromatography) method.

丙烯酸系樹脂的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)較佳為-60℃以上70℃以下,更佳為-30℃以上50℃以下。藉由丙烯酸系樹脂的Tg為前述下限值以上,可抑制保護膜與支持片(黏著劑層)之接著力,支持片之剝離性提高。另外,藉由丙烯酸系樹脂之Tg為前述上限值以下,保護膜與被接著體之接著力提高。 The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the acrylic resin is preferably -60°C or higher and 70°C or lower, more preferably -30°C or higher and 50°C or lower. When the Tg of the acrylic resin is more than the aforementioned lower limit, the adhesion between the protective film and the support sheet (adhesive layer) can be suppressed, and the releasability of the support sheet can be improved. In addition, when the Tg of the acrylic resin is equal to or lower than the aforementioned upper limit, the adhesion between the protective film and the adherend is improved.

再者,本說明書中,「玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)」係以依據JIS K7121利用「示差掃描熱量測定(DSC;Differential Scanning Calorimetry)測定器」測定所得之值。 In addition, in this specification, "Glass transition temperature (Tg)" is the value measured by "Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC; Differential Scanning Calorimetry)" in accordance with JIS K7121.

作為丙烯酸系樹脂,例如可列舉:1種或2種以上之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之聚合物;選自(甲基)丙烯酸、衣康酸、乙酸乙烯酯、丙烯腈、苯乙烯及N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺等中之2種以上之單體之共聚物等。 Examples of acrylic resins include: one or two or more (meth)acrylate polymers; selected from (meth)acrylic acid, itaconic acid, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, styrene, and N- Copolymers of two or more monomers in methylol acrylamide, etc.

作為構成丙烯酸系樹脂之前述(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如 可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸肉豆蔻酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十六烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸棕櫚酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)等構成烷基酯之烷基為碳數為1至18之鏈狀結構之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸異冰片酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯等(甲基)丙烯酸芳烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烯基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯氧基乙酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烯氧基烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯醯亞胺;(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等含縮水甘油基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸羥基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯等含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸N-甲基胺基乙酯等含取代胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。此 處,所謂「取代胺基」意指胺基之1個或2個氫原子被氫原子以外的基取代而成之基。 As the aforementioned (meth)acrylates constituting acrylic resins, for example Examples include: methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, (meth) Isobutyl acrylate, second butyl (meth)acrylate, third butyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, ( 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, n-nonyl (meth)acrylate, isononyl (meth)acrylate, (meth) ) Decyl acrylate, undecyl (meth) acrylate, dodecyl (meth) acrylate (lauryl (meth) acrylate), tridecyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) ) Myristyl acrylate (myristyl (meth)acrylate), pentadecyl (meth)acrylate, cetyl (meth)acrylate (palmityl (meth)acrylate), ( Heptadecyl meth)acrylate, stearyl (meth)acrylate (stearyl (meth)acrylate), etc. The alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester is a chain structure with a carbon number of 1 to 18. Alkyl (meth)acrylate; cycloalkyl (meth)acrylate such as isobornyl (meth)acrylate, dicyclopentyl (meth)acrylate, etc.; benzyl (meth)acrylate, etc. (meth) Aralkyl acrylate; (meth)cyclopentenyl (meth)acrylate and other cycloalkenyl (meth)acrylates; (meth)cyclopentenyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate and other cycloalkenyl (meth)acrylates Alkyl esters; (meth)acrylimines; (meth)acrylates containing glycidyl groups such as glycidyl (meth)acrylate; hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid 2- Hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate (Meth)acrylates containing hydroxyl groups such as 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate; (meth)acrylates containing substituted amino groups such as N-methylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, etc. this Here, the "substituted amino group" means a group in which one or two hydrogen atoms of the amino group are replaced by groups other than hydrogen atoms.

丙烯酸系樹脂例如除前述(甲基)丙烯酸酯以外,亦可為使選自(甲基)丙烯酸、衣康酸、乙酸乙烯酯、丙烯腈、苯乙烯及N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺等中的1種或2種以上之單體進行共聚合而成之樹脂。 The acrylic resin may be selected from (meth)acrylic acid, itaconic acid, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, styrene, N-methylolacrylamide, etc., in addition to the aforementioned (meth)acrylate. A resin made by copolymerizing one or more of the monomers.

構成丙烯酸系樹脂之單體可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The monomer constituting the acrylic resin may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

丙烯酸系樹脂亦可具有乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、胺基、羥基、羧基、異氰酸酯基等可與其他化合物鍵結之官能基。丙烯酸系樹脂中的前述官能基可經由後述交聯劑(F)與其他化合物鍵結,亦可不經由交聯劑(F)與其他化合物直接鍵結。藉由使丙烯酸系樹脂經由前述官能基與其他化合物鍵結,有使用保護膜形成用複合片所獲得之封裝的可靠性提高之傾向。 The acrylic resin may also have functional groups such as vinyl groups, (meth)acrylic groups, amino groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, and isocyanate groups that can be bonded to other compounds. The aforementioned functional group in the acrylic resin may be bonded to other compounds via the crosslinking agent (F) described later, or may be directly bonded to other compounds without the crosslinking agent (F). By bonding the acrylic resin to another compound via the aforementioned functional group, the reliability of the package obtained by using the composite sheet for forming a protective film tends to be improved.

本說明書中,作為聚合物成分(A),可不使用丙烯酸系樹脂而將丙烯酸系樹脂以外的熱塑性樹脂(以下,有時僅簡記為「熱塑性樹脂」)單獨使用,亦可與丙烯酸系樹脂併用。藉由使用前述熱塑性樹脂,會有保護膜自支持片 之剝離性提高,或熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜變得易於追隨被黏著體的凹凸面,從而可進一步抑制於被黏著體與熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜之間產生孔隙等之情形。 In this specification, as the polymer component (A), instead of using acrylic resin, thermoplastic resins other than acrylic resins (hereinafter, sometimes simply referred to as "thermoplastic resins") may be used alone or in combination with acrylic resins. By using the aforementioned thermoplastic resin, there will be a protective film self-supporting sheet The releasability is improved, or the film for forming a thermosetting protective film becomes easier to follow the uneven surface of the adherend, so that the occurrence of voids between the adherend and the film for forming the thermosetting protective film can be further suppressed.

前述熱塑性樹脂的重量平均分子量較佳為1000以上100000以下,更佳為3000以上80000以下。此處,所謂「重量平均分子量」如前文所說明。 The weight average molecular weight of the aforementioned thermoplastic resin is preferably 1,000 or more and 100,000 or less, more preferably 3,000 or more and 80,000 or less. Here, the so-called "weight average molecular weight" is as described above.

前述熱塑性樹脂的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)較佳為-30℃以上150℃以下,更佳為-20℃以上120℃以下。 The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the aforementioned thermoplastic resin is preferably -30°C or higher and 150°C or lower, more preferably -20°C or higher and 120°C or lower.

作為前述熱塑性樹脂,例如可列舉:聚酯、聚胺基甲酸酯、苯氧基樹脂、聚丁烯、聚丁二烯、聚苯乙烯等。 As said thermoplastic resin, polyester, polyurethane, phenoxy resin, polybutene, polybutadiene, polystyrene, etc. are mentioned, for example.

組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之前述熱塑性樹脂可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The aforementioned thermoplastic resin contained in the composition (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these may be Arbitrary choice.

組成物(III-1)中,無論聚合物成分(A)的種類如何,聚合物成分(A)的含量相對於溶劑以外的全部成分的總含量之比例(亦即,熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中的聚合物成分(A)的含量)均較佳為5質量%以上85質量%以下,更佳為5質量%以上80質量%以下。例如,可為5質量%以上65質量%以下、5質量%以上50質量%以下以及10質量%以 上35質量%以下等之任一種。 In the composition (III-1), regardless of the type of the polymer component (A), the ratio of the content of the polymer component (A) to the total content of all components other than the solvent (that is, the thermosetting protective film is formed) The content of the polymer component (A) in the film) is preferably 5 mass% or more and 85% by mass or less, and more preferably 5 mass% or more and 80 mass% or less. For example, it can be 5% by mass or more, 65% by mass or less, 5% by mass or more, 50% by mass or less, and 10% by mass or less Any of the above 35% by mass or less.

聚合物成分(A)會有亦符合熱硬化性成分(B)之情形。本實施形態中,於組成物(III-1)含有此種符合聚合物成分(A)及熱硬化性成分(B)之兩者之成分之情形時,組成物(III-1)可視為含有聚合物成分(A)及熱硬化性成分(B)。 The polymer component (A) may also conform to the thermosetting component (B). In this embodiment, when the composition (III-1) contains such components that meet both the polymer component (A) and the thermosetting component (B), the composition (III-1) can be regarded as containing Polymer component (A) and thermosetting component (B).

[熱硬化性成分(B)] [Thermosetting component (B)]

熱硬化性成分(B)係用以使熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜硬化而形成硬質之保護膜之成分。 The thermosetting component (B) is a component for curing the film for forming a thermosetting protective film to form a hard protective film.

組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之熱硬化性成分(B)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The composition (III-1) and the thermosetting component (B) contained in the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, these The combination and ratio can be chosen arbitrarily.

作為熱硬化性成分(B),例如可列舉:環氧系熱硬化性樹脂、熱硬化性聚醯亞胺、聚胺基甲酸酯、不飽和聚酯、聚矽氧樹脂等,較佳為環氧系熱硬化性樹脂。 As the thermosetting component (B), for example, epoxy-based thermosetting resins, thermosetting polyimides, polyurethanes, unsaturated polyesters, silicone resins, etc. can be cited, and preferred are Epoxy-based thermosetting resin.

(環氧系熱硬化性樹脂) (Epoxy-based thermosetting resin)

環氧系熱硬化性樹脂由環氧樹脂(B1)及熱硬化劑(B2)構成。 The epoxy-based thermosetting resin is composed of an epoxy resin (B1) and a thermosetting agent (B2).

組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之環氧系熱硬化性樹脂可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The epoxy-based thermosetting resin contained in the composition (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, these The combination and ratio can be chosen arbitrarily.

‧環氧樹脂(B1) ‧Epoxy resin (B1)

作為環氧樹脂(B1),可列舉公知的環氧樹脂,例如可列舉:多官能系環氧樹脂、聯苯化合物、雙酚A二縮水甘油醚及其氫化物、鄰甲酚酚醛清漆環氧樹脂、二環戊二烯型環氧樹脂、聯苯型環氧樹脂、雙酚A型環氧樹脂、雙酚F型環氧樹脂、伸苯基骨架型環氧樹脂等2官能以上之環氧化合物。 As the epoxy resin (B1), well-known epoxy resins can be cited, for example, polyfunctional epoxy resins, biphenyl compounds, bisphenol A diglycidyl ether and its hydrogenated products, o-cresol novolac epoxy Resins, dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resins, biphenyl type epoxy resins, bisphenol A type epoxy resins, bisphenol F type epoxy resins, phenylene skeleton type epoxy resins and other epoxy resins with more than two functions Compound.

作為環氧樹脂(B1),亦可使用具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂。具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂相較於不具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂而言,與丙烯酸系樹脂之相容性較高。因此,藉由使用具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂,使用保護膜形成用複合片所獲得之附有保護膜之半導體晶片的可靠性提高。 As the epoxy resin (B1), an epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group can also be used. Epoxy resins with unsaturated hydrocarbon groups have higher compatibility with acrylic resins than epoxy resins without unsaturated hydrocarbon groups. Therefore, by using an epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, the reliability of a semiconductor wafer with a protective film obtained by using a composite sheet for forming a protective film is improved.

作為具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂,例如可列舉:多官能系環氧樹脂的一部分環氧基更換為具有不飽和烴基之基而成之化合物。此種化合物例如藉由使(甲基)丙烯酸或其衍生物與環氧基進行加成反應而獲得。 As an epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, for example, a compound in which a part of the epoxy group of a polyfunctional epoxy resin is replaced with a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group is exemplified. Such a compound is obtained, for example, by performing an addition reaction of (meth)acrylic acid or a derivative thereof with an epoxy group.

另外,作為具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂,例如可列舉:構成環氧樹脂之芳香環等上直接鍵結有具有不飽和烴基之基之化合物等。 In addition, as an epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, for example, a compound in which a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group is directly bonded to an aromatic ring constituting the epoxy resin or the like can be cited.

不飽和烴基為具有聚合性之不飽和基,作為該不飽和 烴基之具體例,可列舉:次乙基(乙烯基)、2-丙烯基(烯丙基)、(甲基)丙烯醯基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基等,較佳為丙烯醯基。 Unsaturated hydrocarbon group is a polymerizable unsaturated group, as the unsaturated group Specific examples of the hydrocarbyl group include: ethylene (vinyl), 2-propenyl (allyl), (meth)acrylic acid, (meth)acrylic acid amino group, etc., preferably acrylic acid group .

環氧樹脂(B1)的數量平均分子量並無特別限定,就熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜的硬化性、以及硬化後的保護膜的強度及耐熱性之方面而言,較佳為300以上30000以下,更佳為300以上10000以下,尤佳為300以上3000以下。 The number average molecular weight of the epoxy resin (B1) is not particularly limited, but in terms of the curability of the thermosetting protective film formation film, and the strength and heat resistance of the protective film after curing, it is preferably 300 or more and 30,000 Below, more preferably 300 or more and 10,000 or less, and particularly preferably 300 or more and 3,000 or less.

本說明書中,所謂「數量平均分子量」只要無特別說明,則意指藉由凝膠滲透層析(GPC)法所測定之以標準聚苯乙烯換算之值表示之數量平均分子量。 In this specification, the "number average molecular weight" means the number average molecular weight expressed in terms of standard polystyrene measured by the gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method, unless otherwise specified.

環氧樹脂(B1)的環氧當量較佳為100g/eq以上1000g/eq以下,更佳為150g/eq以上950g/eq以下。 The epoxy equivalent of the epoxy resin (B1) is preferably 100 g/eq or more and 1000 g/eq or less, more preferably 150 g/eq or more and 950 g/eq or less.

本說明書中,所謂「環氧當量」意指包含有1克當量之環氧基之環氧化合物的克數(g/eq),可依據JIS K 7236:2001之方法進行測定。 In this specification, the "epoxy equivalent" means the number of grams (g/eq) of the epoxy compound containing 1 gram equivalent of epoxy group, which can be measured in accordance with the method of JIS K 7236:2001.

環氧樹脂(B1)可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上;於併用2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The epoxy resin (B1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more; when two or more are used in combination, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

‧熱硬化劑(B2) ‧Thermal hardener (B2)

熱硬化劑(B2)發揮針對環氧樹脂(B1)之硬化劑的功 能。 Thermal hardener (B2) exerts the function of hardener for epoxy resin (B1) can.

作為熱硬化劑(B2),例如可列舉:1分子中具有2個以上可與環氧基反應之官能基之化合物。作為前述官能基,例如可列舉:酚性羥基、醇性羥基、胺基、羧基、酸基經酐化而成之基等,較佳為酚性羥基、胺基、或酸基經酐化而成之基,更佳為酚性羥基或胺基。 As a thermosetting agent (B2), the compound which has 2 or more functional groups which can react with an epoxy group in 1 molecule is mentioned, for example. As the aforementioned functional group, for example, a phenolic hydroxyl group, an alcoholic hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a group formed by an anhydride of an acid group, etc. are mentioned, preferably a phenolic hydroxyl group, an amino group, or an acid group formed by an anhydride The formed group is more preferably a phenolic hydroxyl group or an amino group.

熱硬化劑(B2)中,作為具有酚性羥基之酚系硬化劑,例如可列舉:多官能酚樹脂、聯苯酚、酚醛清漆型酚樹脂、二環戊二烯型酚樹脂、芳烷基型酚樹脂等。 Among the thermosetting agents (B2), examples of phenolic curing agents having phenolic hydroxyl groups include polyfunctional phenol resins, biphenols, novolac type phenol resins, dicyclopentadiene type phenol resins, and aralkyl type phenol resins. Phenolic resin, etc.

熱硬化劑(B2)中,作為具有胺基之胺系硬化劑,例如可列舉:二氰二胺(以下,有時簡稱為「DICY」)等。 In the thermosetting agent (B2), examples of the amine-based curing agent having an amine group include dicyandiamine (hereinafter, abbreviated as "DICY") and the like.

熱硬化劑(B2)亦可具有不飽和烴基。 The thermosetting agent (B2) may have an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.

作為具有不飽和烴基之熱硬化劑(B2),例如可列舉:酚樹脂的一部分羥基被具有不飽和烴基之基取代而成之化合物、酚樹脂的芳香環上直接鍵結具有不飽和烴基之基而成之化合物等。 As the thermosetting agent (B2) having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, for example, a compound in which a part of the hydroxyl group of a phenol resin is substituted with a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, and a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group directly bonded to the aromatic ring of the phenol resin Compounds and so on.

熱硬化劑(B2)中的前述不飽和烴基與上述之具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂中的不飽和烴基相同。 The aforementioned unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the thermosetting agent (B2) is the same as the unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the aforementioned epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.

於使用酚系硬化劑作為熱硬化劑(B2)之情形時,就保護膜自支持片之剝離性提高之方面而言,熱硬化劑(B2)較佳為軟化點或玻璃轉移溫度高的酚系硬化劑。 In the case of using a phenolic curing agent as the thermosetting agent (B2), in terms of improving the peelability of the protective film from the supporting sheet, the thermosetting agent (B2) is preferably a phenol with a high softening point or glass transition temperature. Department of hardener.

熱硬化劑(B2)中,例如,多官能酚樹脂、酚醛清漆型酚樹脂、二環戊二烯型酚樹脂、芳烷基型酚樹脂等樹脂成分的數量平均分子量較佳為300以上30000以下,更佳為400以上10000以下,尤佳為500以上3000以下。 In the thermosetting agent (B2), for example, the number average molecular weight of resin components such as polyfunctional phenol resin, novolak type phenol resin, dicyclopentadiene type phenol resin, and aralkyl type phenol resin is preferably 300 or more and 30,000 or less , More preferably more than 400 and less than 10,000, more preferably more than 500 and less than 3,000.

熱硬化劑(B2)中,例如聯苯酚、二氰二胺等非樹脂成分的分子量並無特別限定,例如較佳為60以上500以下。 In the thermosetting agent (B2), for example, the molecular weight of non-resin components such as biphenol and dicyandiamine is not particularly limited. For example, it is preferably 60 or more and 500 or less.

熱硬化劑(B2)可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上;於併用2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The thermosetting agent (B2) may be used alone or in combination of two or more; when two or more of them are used in combination, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中,熱硬化劑(B2)的含量相對於環氧樹脂(B1)的含量100質量份,較佳為0.1質量份以上500質量份以下,更佳為1質量份以上200質量份以下。例如,可為1質量份以上100質量份以下、1質量份以上50質量份以下以及1質量份以上10質量份以下等之任一種。藉由熱硬化劑(B2)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜更易於進行硬化。另外,藉由熱硬化劑(B2)的前述含量為前述上限值以下,熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜的吸濕率降低,使用保護膜形成用複合片所獲得之封裝的可靠性進一步提高。 In the composition (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film, the content of the thermosetting agent (B2) is 100 parts by mass relative to the content of the epoxy resin (B1), preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more and 500 parts by mass Hereinafter, it is more preferably 1 part by mass or more and 200 parts by mass or less. For example, it may be any of 1 part by mass or more and 100 parts by mass or less, 1 part by mass or more and 50 parts by mass or less, and 1 part by mass or more and 10 parts by mass or less. When the aforementioned content of the thermosetting agent (B2) is equal to or greater than the aforementioned lower limit, the film for forming a thermosetting protective film can be cured more easily. In addition, when the aforementioned content of the thermosetting agent (B2) is below the aforementioned upper limit, the moisture absorption rate of the thermosetting protective film formation film is reduced, and the reliability of the package obtained by using the protective film formation composite sheet is further improved. .

組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中,熱硬化 性成分(B)的含量(例如,環氧樹脂(B1)及熱硬化劑(B2)的總含量)相對於聚合物成分(A)的含量100質量份,較佳為20質量份以上500質量份以下,更佳為30質量份以上300質量份以下,尤佳為40質量份以上150質量份以下。藉由熱硬化性成分(B)的前述含量為此種範圍,保護膜與支持片之接著力得到抑制,支持片之剝離性提高。 In the composition (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film, thermosetting The content of the sexual component (B) (for example, the total content of the epoxy resin (B1) and the thermosetting agent (B2)) relative to the content of the polymer component (A) is 100 parts by mass, preferably 20 parts by mass or more and 500 parts by mass Parts or less, more preferably 30 parts by mass or more and 300 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 40 parts by mass or more and 150 parts by mass or less. When the aforementioned content of the thermosetting component (B) is in this range, the adhesion between the protective film and the support sheet is suppressed, and the peelability of the support sheet is improved.

[硬化促進劑(C)] [Hardening accelerator (C)]

組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜亦可含有硬化促進劑(C)。硬化促進劑(C)係用以調整組成物(III-1)的硬化速度之成分。 The composition (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may contain a curing accelerator (C). The hardening accelerator (C) is a component for adjusting the hardening speed of the composition (III-1).

作為較佳的硬化促進劑(C),例如可列舉:三乙二胺、苄基二甲胺、三乙醇胺、二甲胺基乙醇、三(二甲胺基甲基)苯酚等三級胺;2-甲基咪唑、2-苯基咪唑、2-苯基-4-甲基咪唑、2-苯基-4,5-二羥基甲基咪唑、2-苯基-4-甲基-5-羥基甲基咪唑等咪唑類(1個以上之氫原子被氫原子以外的基取代而成之咪唑);三丁基膦、二苯基膦、三苯基膦等有機膦類(1個以上之氫原子被有機基取代而成之膦);四苯基硼酸四苯基鏻、四苯基硼酸三苯基膦等四苯基硼鹽等。 As a preferable hardening accelerator (C), for example, tertiary amines such as triethylenediamine, benzyldimethylamine, triethanolamine, dimethylaminoethanol, and tris(dimethylaminomethyl)phenol can be cited; 2-methylimidazole, 2-phenylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4,5-dihydroxymethylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methyl-5- Imidazoles such as hydroxymethylimidazole (imidazoles in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by groups other than hydrogen atoms); organic phosphines such as tributylphosphine, diphenylphosphine, and triphenylphosphine (more than one Phosphine in which hydrogen atoms are replaced by organic groups); tetraphenyl boron salts such as tetraphenyl phosphonium tetraphenyl borate, triphenyl phosphine tetraphenyl borate, etc.

組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之硬化促進劑(C)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The curing accelerator (C) contained in the composition (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, a combination of these And the ratio can be chosen arbitrarily.

於使用硬化促進劑(C)之情形時,組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中,硬化促進劑(C)的含量相對於熱硬化性成分(B)的含量100質量份,較佳為0.01質量份以上10質量份以下,更佳為0.1質量份以上7質量份以下。藉由硬化促進劑(C)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,可獲得顯著的由使用硬化促進劑(C)所帶來之功效。另外,藉由硬化促進劑(C)的含量為前述上限值以下,例如抑制高極性的硬化促進劑(C)於高溫、高濕度條件下在熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中向與被接著體之接著界面側轉移而偏析之功效變高,從而使用保護膜形成用複合片所獲得之附有保護膜之半導體晶片的可靠性進一步提高。 In the case of using the curing accelerator (C), the content of the curing accelerator (C) in the composition (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film is relative to the content of the thermosetting component (B) 100 The parts by mass are preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more and 10 parts by mass or less, more preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more and 7 parts by mass or less. When the aforementioned content of the hardening accelerator (C) is more than the aforementioned lower limit, a significant effect of using the hardening accelerator (C) can be obtained. In addition, since the content of the hardening accelerator (C) is below the aforementioned upper limit, for example, the hardening accelerator (C) with high polarity is prevented from being in the film for forming a thermosetting protective film under high temperature and high humidity conditions. The effect of the transfer and segregation of the adhering body on the adhering interface side becomes higher, so that the reliability of the semiconductor wafer with the protective film obtained by using the composite sheet for forming the protective film is further improved.

[填充材料(D)] [Filling material (D)]

組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜亦可含有填充材料(D)。藉由熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜含有填充材料(D),使熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜硬化而獲得之保護膜容易調整熱膨脹係數,使該熱膨脹係數對於保護膜之形成對象物而言最適宜,藉此使用保護膜形成用複合片所獲得之附有保護膜之半導體晶片的可靠性進一步提高。另外,藉由熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜含有填充材料(D),亦可降低保護膜的吸濕率,或者提高散熱性。 The composition (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may contain a filler (D). When the thermosetting protective film forming film contains the filler (D), the protective film obtained by curing the thermosetting protective film forming film can easily adjust the thermal expansion coefficient so that the thermal expansion coefficient is relative to the object to be formed of the protective film Most preferably, the reliability of the semiconductor wafer with a protective film obtained by using the composite sheet for forming a protective film is further improved. In addition, when the film for forming a thermosetting protective film contains the filler (D), the moisture absorption rate of the protective film can be reduced or the heat dissipation can be improved.

填充材料(D)可為有機填充材料及無機填充材料之任 一者,較佳為無機填充材料。 The filling material (D) can be either organic filling material or inorganic filling material One is preferably an inorganic filler material.

作為較佳的無機填充材料,例如可列舉:二氧化矽、氧化鋁、滑石、碳酸鈣、鈦白、鐵丹、碳化矽、氮化硼等的粉末;將這些無機填充材料球形化而成之珠粒;這些無機填充材料的表面改質品;這些無機填充材料的單晶纖維;玻璃纖維等。 As preferred inorganic fillers, for example, powders such as silica, alumina, talc, calcium carbonate, titanium dioxide, iron oxide, silicon carbide, boron nitride, etc. can be cited; these inorganic fillers are made by spheroidizing these inorganic fillers. Beads; surface modification products of these inorganic fillers; single crystal fibers of these inorganic fillers; glass fibers, etc.

這些之中,無機填充材料較佳為二氧化矽或氧化鋁。 Among these, the inorganic filler material is preferably silica or alumina.

組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之填充材料(D)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The filler (D) contained in the composition (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination of these and The ratio can be selected arbitrarily.

於使用填充材料(D)之情形時,組成物(III-1)中,填充材料(D)的含量(亦即,熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中的填充材料(D)的含量)相對於溶劑以外的全部成分的總含量之比例較佳為5質量%以上80質量%以下,更佳為7質量%以上60質量%以下。藉由填充材料(D)的含量為此種範圍,更容易調整上述熱膨脹係數。 When the filler (D) is used, the content of the filler (D) in the composition (III-1) (that is, the content of the filler (D) in the film for forming a thermosetting protective film) is relative to The ratio of the total content of all components other than the solvent is preferably 5% by mass or more and 80% by mass or less, more preferably 7% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less. When the content of the filler (D) is in this range, it is easier to adjust the thermal expansion coefficient.

[偶合劑(E)] [Coupling agent (E)]

組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜亦可含有偶合劑(E)。藉由使用具有可與無機化合物或有機化合物反應之官能基之化合物作為偶合劑(E),可提高熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜對被黏著體之接著性及密接性。另外,藉由 使用偶合劑(E),使熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜硬化而獲得之膜不損害耐熱性而耐水性提高。 The composition (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may contain a coupling agent (E). By using a compound having a functional group that can react with an inorganic compound or an organic compound as the coupling agent (E), the adhesion and adhesion of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film to the adherend can be improved. In addition, by Using the coupling agent (E), the film obtained by curing the film for forming a thermosetting protective film does not impair heat resistance and improves water resistance.

偶合劑(E)較佳為具有可與聚合物成分(A)、熱硬化性成分(B)等所具有之官能基反應之官能基之化合物,更佳為矽烷偶合劑。 The coupling agent (E) is preferably a compound having a functional group capable of reacting with the functional group possessed by the polymer component (A) and the thermosetting component (B), and more preferably a silane coupling agent.

作為較佳的前述矽烷偶合劑,例如可列舉:3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(2-胺基乙基胺基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(2-胺基乙基胺基)丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-(苯基胺基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-苯胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-脲基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、雙(3-三乙氧基矽烷基丙基)四硫化物、甲基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙醯氧基矽烷、咪唑矽烷等。 As a preferred silane coupling agent, for example, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyl Triethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxymethyldiethoxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethyl Oxyoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-(2-aminoethylamino)propyltrimethoxysilane, 3-(2-aminoethylamino)propylmethyl Diethoxysilane, 3-(phenylamino)propyltrimethoxysilane, 3-anilinopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethyl Oxysilane, 3-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, bis(3-triethoxysilylpropyl) tetrasulfide, methyltrimethoxysilane, methyltriethoxysilane, ethylene Trimethoxysilane, vinyl triacetoxysilane, imidazole silane, etc.

組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之偶合劑(E)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The coupling agent (E) contained in the composition (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination of these and The ratio can be selected arbitrarily.

於使用偶合劑(E)之情形時,組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性 保護膜形成用膜中,偶合劑(E)的含量相對於聚合物成分(A)及熱硬化性成分(B)的總含量100質量份,較佳為0.03質量份以上20質量份以下,更佳為0.05質量份以上10質量份以下,尤佳為0.1質量份以上5質量份以下。藉由偶合劑(E)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,可獲得更顯著的以下由使用偶合劑(E)所帶來之功效:填充材料(D)於樹脂中之分散性提高,或熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜與被黏著體之接著性提高等。另外,藉由偶合劑(E)的前述含量為前述上限值以下,可更進一步抑制產生逸氣。 When coupling agent (E) is used, composition (III-1) and thermosetting In the protective film forming film, the content of the coupling agent (E) relative to 100 parts by mass of the total content of the polymer component (A) and the thermosetting component (B), preferably 0.03 parts by mass or more and 20 parts by mass or less, more It is preferably 0.05 parts by mass or more and 10 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more and 5 parts by mass or less. With the aforementioned content of the coupling agent (E) above the aforementioned lower limit, the following more significant effects brought about by the use of the coupling agent (E) can be obtained: the dispersibility of the filler (D) in the resin is improved, or The adhesion between the film for forming a thermosetting protective film and the adherend is improved. In addition, when the aforementioned content of the coupling agent (E) is not more than the aforementioned upper limit, the generation of outgassing can be further suppressed.

[交聯劑(F)] [Crosslinking agent (F)]

於使用具有可與其他化合物鍵結之官能基,例如乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、胺基、羥基、羧基、異氰酸酯基等之上述丙烯酸系樹脂等作為聚合物成分(A)之情形時,組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜亦可含有交聯劑(F),該交聯劑(F)係用以使前述官能基與其他化合物鍵結而進行交聯。藉由使用交聯劑(F)進行交聯,可調節熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜的初期接著力及凝聚力。 When using the above-mentioned acrylic resins with functional groups capable of bonding with other compounds, such as vinyl groups, (meth)acrylic groups, amino groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, isocyanate groups, etc., as the polymer component (A) When the composition (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may also contain a crosslinking agent (F), the crosslinking agent (F) is used to bond the aforementioned functional groups with other compounds to perform crosslinking. United. By crosslinking with the crosslinking agent (F), the initial adhesive force and cohesive force of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film can be adjusted.

作為交聯劑(F),例如可列舉:有機多元異氰酸酯化合物、有機多元亞胺化合物、金屬螯合物系交聯劑(具有金屬螯合物結構之交聯劑)、氮丙啶系交聯劑(具有氮丙啶基之交聯劑)等。 Examples of the crosslinking agent (F) include: organic polyisocyanate compounds, organic polyimine compounds, metal chelate crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having a metal chelate structure), aziridine crosslinking Agent (crosslinking agent with aziridinyl group) and the like.

作為前述有機多元異氰酸酯化合物,例如可列舉:芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物、脂肪族多元異氰酸酯化合物及脂環族多元異氰酸酯化合物(以下,有時將這些化合物統一簡稱為「芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物等」);前述芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物等的三聚物、異氰脲酸酯體及加合物;使前述芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物等與多元醇化合物反應而獲得之末端異氰酸酯胺基甲酸酯預聚物等。前述「加合物」意指前述芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物、脂肪族多元異氰酸酯化合物或脂環族多元異氰酸酯化合物,與乙二醇、丙二醇、新戊二醇、三羥甲基丙烷或蓖麻油等含低分子活性氫化合物之反應物,作為前述加合物之示例,可列舉如後述之三羥甲基丙烷之苯二甲基二異氰酸酯加成物等。另外,所謂「末端異氰酸酯胺基甲酸酯預聚物」如上文所說明。 Examples of the aforementioned organic polyvalent isocyanate compound include: aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, aliphatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, and alicyclic polyvalent isocyanate compounds (hereinafter, these compounds may be collectively referred to as "aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, etc."); Trimers, isocyanurate bodies, and adducts of the aforementioned aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, etc.; terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymers obtained by reacting the aforementioned aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, etc. with polyol compounds, etc. . The aforementioned "adduct" means the aforementioned aromatic polyisocyanate compound, aliphatic polyisocyanate compound, or alicyclic polyisocyanate compound, which contains ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, trimethylolpropane, or castor oil. The reactant of the low-molecular-weight active hydrogen compound, as an example of the aforementioned adduct, includes the xylylene diisocyanate adduct of trimethylolpropane described below, and the like. In addition, the so-called "terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymer" is as described above.

作為前述有機多元異氰酸酯化合物,更具體而言,例如可列舉:2,4-甲苯二異氰酸酯;2,6-甲苯二異氰酸酯;1,3-苯二甲基二異氰酸酯;1,4-二甲苯二異氰酸酯;二苯基甲烷-4,4'-二異氰酸酯;二苯基甲烷-2,4'-二異氰酸酯;3-甲基二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯;六亞甲基二異氰酸酯;異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯;二環己基甲烷-4,4'-二異氰酸酯;二環己基甲烷-2,4'-二異氰酸酯;對三羥甲基丙烷等多元醇的全部或一部分羥基,加成甲苯二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯及苯二甲基二異氰酸酯的任1種或2種以上而成 之化合物;離胺酸二異氰酸酯等。 As the aforementioned organic polyvalent isocyanate compound, more specifically, for example, 2,4-toluene diisocyanate; 2,6-toluene diisocyanate; 1,3-xylylene diisocyanate; 1,4-xylene diisocyanate Isocyanate; Diphenylmethane-4,4'-Diisocyanate; Diphenylmethane-2,4'-Diisocyanate; 3-Methyldiphenylmethane Diisocyanate; Hexamethylene Diisocyanate; Isophorone Diisocyanate; Dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; Dicyclohexylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; All or part of the hydroxyl groups of polyols such as trimethylolpropane, added toluene diisocyanate, Any one or more of hexamethylene diisocyanate and xylylene diisocyanate The compound; lysine diisocyanate and so on.

作為前述有機多元亞胺化合物,例如可列舉:N,N'-二苯基甲烷-4,4'-雙(1-氮丙啶甲醯胺)、三羥甲基丙烷-三-β-氮丙啶基丙酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷-三-β-氮丙啶基丙酸酯、N,N'-甲苯-2,4-雙(1-氮丙啶甲醯胺)三伸乙基三聚氰胺等。 As the aforementioned organic polyimine compound, for example, N,N'-diphenylmethane-4,4'-bis(1-aziridinemethamide), trimethylolpropane-tri-β-nitrogen Propidinyl propionate, tetramethylolmethane-tris-β-aziridinyl propionate, N,N'-toluene-2,4-bis(1-aziridinylmethamine) triethylene Based on melamine and so on.

於使用有機多元異氰酸酯化合物作為交聯劑(F)之情形時,作為聚合物成分(A),較佳為使用含羥基之聚合物。於交聯劑(F)具有異氰酸酯基,聚合物成分(A)具有羥基之情形時,藉由交聯劑(F)與聚合物成分(A)之反應,可將交聯結構簡便地導入至熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中。 When an organic polyvalent isocyanate compound is used as the crosslinking agent (F), it is preferable to use a hydroxyl group-containing polymer as the polymer component (A). In the case where the crosslinking agent (F) has an isocyanate group and the polymer component (A) has a hydroxyl group, the crosslinking structure can be easily introduced by the reaction between the crosslinking agent (F) and the polymer component (A) In the film for forming a thermosetting protective film.

組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之交聯劑(F)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The composition (III-1) and the crosslinking agent (F) contained in the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, a combination of these And the ratio can be chosen arbitrarily.

於使用交聯劑(F)之情形時,組成物(III-1)中,交聯劑(F)的含量相對於聚合物成分(A)的含量100質量份,較佳為0.01質量份以上20質量份以下,更佳為0.1質量份以上10質量份以下,尤佳為0.5質量份以上5質量份以下。藉由交聯劑(F)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,可獲得更顯著的由使用交聯劑(F)所帶來之功效。另外,藉由交聯 劑(F)的前述含量為前述上限值以下,可抑制使用過量的交聯劑(F)。 In the case of using the crosslinking agent (F), the content of the crosslinking agent (F) in the composition (III-1) relative to the content of the polymer component (A) is 100 parts by mass, preferably 0.01 parts by mass or more 20 parts by mass or less, more preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more and 10 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more and 5 parts by mass or less. When the aforementioned content of the cross-linking agent (F) is above the aforementioned lower limit, more significant effects brought about by the use of the cross-linking agent (F) can be obtained. In addition, by cross-linking The aforementioned content of the agent (F) is not more than the aforementioned upper limit, and the use of excessive crosslinking agent (F) can be suppressed.

[能量線硬化性樹脂(G)] [Energy ray curable resin (G)]

組成物(III-1)亦可含有能量線硬化性樹脂(G)。熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜藉由含有能量線硬化性樹脂(G),可藉由照射能量線而改變特性。 The composition (III-1) may contain an energy ray curable resin (G). By containing the energy-ray-curable resin (G), the film for forming a thermosetting protective film can change its properties by irradiating energy rays.

能量線硬化性樹脂(G)係使能量線硬化性化合物進行聚合(硬化)而獲得。 The energy ray curable resin (G) is obtained by polymerizing (curing) an energy ray curable compound.

作為前述能量線硬化性化合物,例如可列舉分子內具有至少1個聚合性雙鍵之化合物,較佳為具有(甲基)丙烯醯基之丙烯酸酯系化合物。 Examples of the aforementioned energy ray curable compound include compounds having at least one polymerizable double bond in the molecule, and acrylate-based compounds having a (meth)acryloyl group are preferred.

作為前述丙烯酸酯系化合物,例如可列舉:三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇單羥基五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,4-丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等含鏈狀脂肪族骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;二(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯等含環狀脂肪族骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等聚伸烷基二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯;寡酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯低聚物;環氧改性(甲基)丙烯酸酯;前述聚伸烷基 二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯以外的聚醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯;衣康酸低聚物等。 Examples of the acrylate-based compound include trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, tetramethylolmethane tetra(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, and pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate. Base) acrylate, dipentaerythritol monohydroxy penta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, 1,4-butanediol two(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol two (Meth)acrylates containing chain aliphatic skeletons such as (meth)acrylates; (meth)acrylates containing cyclic aliphatic skeletons such as dicyclopentyl di(meth)acrylate; polyethylene glycol Di(meth)acrylate and other polyalkylene glycol (meth)acrylate; oligoester (meth)acrylate; (meth)acrylate urethane oligomer; epoxy modified (former Base) acrylate; the aforementioned polyalkylene group Polyether (meth)acrylates other than glycol (meth)acrylates; itaconic acid oligomers, etc.

前述能量線硬化性化合物的重量平均分子量較佳為100以上30000以下,更佳為300以上10000以下。此處,所謂「重量平均分子量」如前文所說明。 The weight average molecular weight of the aforementioned energy ray curable compound is preferably 100 or more and 30,000 or less, more preferably 300 or more and 10,000 or less. Here, the so-called "weight average molecular weight" is as described above.

用於聚合之前述能量線硬化性化合物可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The aforementioned energy ray curable compound used for polymerization may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

組成物(III-1)所含有之能量線硬化性樹脂(G)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The energy ray curable resin (G) contained in the composition (III-1) may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

組成物(III-1)中,能量線硬化性樹脂(G)的含量較佳為1質量%以上95質量%以下,更佳為5質量%以上90質量%以下,尤佳為10質量%以上85質量%以下。 In the composition (III-1), the content of the energy ray curable resin (G) is preferably 1% by mass or more and 95% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or more and 90% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 10% by mass or more 85% by mass or less.

[光聚合起始劑(H)] [Photopolymerization initiator (H)]

組成物(III-1)含有能量線硬化性樹脂(G)之情形時,為了使能量線硬化性樹脂(G)高效率地進行聚合反應,亦可含有光聚合起始劑(H)。 When the composition (III-1) contains the energy ray curable resin (G), in order to efficiently polymerize the energy ray curable resin (G), it may contain a photopolymerization initiator (H).

作為組成物(III-1)中的光聚合起始劑(H),例如可列舉:安息香、安息香甲醚、安息香乙醚、安息香異丙醚、安息香異丁醚、安息香苯甲酸、安息香苯甲酸甲酯、安息香二甲基縮酮等安息香化合物;苯乙酮、2-羥基-2-甲基-1-苯基-丙烷-1-酮、2,2-二甲氧基-1,2-二苯基乙烷-1-酮等苯乙酮化合物;雙(2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基)苯基氧化膦、2,4,6-三甲基苯甲醯基二苯基氧化膦等醯基氧化膦化合物;苄基苯基硫化物、一硫化四甲基秋蘭姆等硫化物化合物;1-羥基環己基苯基酮等α-酮醇化合物;偶氮雙異丁腈等偶氮化合物;二茂鈦等二茂鈦化合物;噻噸酮等噻噸酮化合物;過氧化物化合物;二乙醯等二酮化合物;苯偶醯;二苯偶醯;二苯甲酮;2,4-二乙基噻噸酮;1,2-二苯基甲烷;2-羥基-2-甲基-1-[4-(1-甲基乙烯基)苯基]丙酮;2-氯蒽醌等。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator (H) in the composition (III-1) include benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin benzoic acid, and benzoin methyl benzoate. Esters, benzoin dimethyl ketal and other benzoin compounds; acetophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propane-1-one, 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-di Acetophenone compounds such as phenylethane-1-one; bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl) phenyl phosphine oxide, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl diphenyl Phosphine oxide and other sulfide compounds; sulfide compounds such as benzyl phenyl sulfide and tetramethylthiuram monosulfide; α-keto alcohol compounds such as 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone; azobisisobutyl Azo compounds such as nitriles; titanocene compounds such as titanocene; thioxanthone compounds such as thioxanthone; peroxide compounds; diketone compounds such as diacetyl; ; 2,4-Diethylthioxanthone; 1,2-diphenylmethane; 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-[4-(1-methylvinyl)phenyl] acetone; 2- Chloroanthraquinone and so on.

另外,作為前述光聚合起始劑,例如亦可列舉:1-氯蒽醌等醌化合物;胺等光增感劑等。 In addition, examples of the photopolymerization initiator include quinone compounds such as 1-chloroanthraquinone; photosensitizers such as amines.

組成物(III-1)所含有之光聚合起始劑(H)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The photopolymerization initiator (H) contained in the composition (III-1) may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

組成物(III-1)中,光聚合起始劑(H)的含量相對於能量線硬化性樹脂(G)的含量100質量份,較佳為0.1質量份以上20質量份以下,更佳為1質量份以上10質量份以下, 尤佳為2質量份以上5質量份以下。 In the composition (III-1), the content of the photopolymerization initiator (H) relative to 100 parts by mass of the energy ray curable resin (G) is preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more and 20 parts by mass or less, more preferably 1 part by mass or more and 10 parts by mass or less, More preferably, it is 2 parts by mass or more and 5 parts by mass or less.

[著色劑(I)] [Colorant (I)]

組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜亦可含有著色劑(I)。 The composition (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may contain a coloring agent (I).

作為著色劑(I),例如可列舉:無機系顏料、有機系顏料、有機系染料等公知的著色劑。 As a coloring agent (I), well-known coloring agents, such as an inorganic type pigment, an organic type pigment, an organic type dye, etc. are mentioned, for example.

作為前述有機系顏料及有機系染料,例如可列舉:銨系色素、花青系色素、部花青系色素、克酮鎓(croconium)系色素、方酸鎓(squalilium)系色素、薁鎓系色素、聚次甲基系色素、萘醌系色素、吡喃鎓系色素、酞菁系色素、萘酞菁系色素、萘內醯胺系色素、偶氮色素、縮合偶氮色素、靛藍系色素、紫環酮(perinone)系色素、苝系色素、二噁烷系色素、喹吖啶酮系色素、異吲哚啉酮系色素、喹啉黃(quinophthalone)系色素、吡咯系色素、硫代靛藍系色素、金屬錯合物系色素(金屬錯鹽染料)、二硫醇金屬錯合物系色素、吲哚酚系色素、三烯丙基甲烷系色素、蒽醌系色素、萘酚系色素、次甲基偶氮系色素、苯并咪唑酮系色素、皮蒽酮系色素及士林(threne)系色等。 Examples of the aforementioned organic pigments and organic dyes include: ammonium-based pigments, cyanine-based pigments, merocyanine-based pigments, croconium-based pigments, squalilium-based pigments, and azulenium-based pigments. Pigments, polymethine pigments, naphthoquinone pigments, pyrylium pigments, phthalocyanine pigments, naphthalocyanine pigments, naphthalene lactam pigments, azo pigments, condensed azo pigments, indigo pigments , Perinone pigments, perylene pigments, dioxane pigments, quinacridone pigments, isoindolinone pigments, quinophthalone pigments, pyrrole pigments, thiols Indigo dyes, metal complex dyes (metal complex salt dyes), dithiol metal complex dyes, indoxyphenol dyes, triallylmethane dyes, anthraquinone dyes, naphthol dyes , Methine azo pigments, benzimidazolone pigments, pyranthrone pigments and threne colors, etc.

作為前述無機系顏料,例如可列舉:碳黑、鈷系色素、鐵系色素、鉻系色素、鈦系色素、釩系色素、鋯系色素、鉬系色素、釕系色素、鉑系色素、ITO(Indium Tin Oxide; 氧化銦錫)系色素、ATO(Antimony Tin Oxide;氧化銻錫)系色素等。 Examples of the aforementioned inorganic pigments include carbon black, cobalt pigments, iron pigments, chromium pigments, titanium pigments, vanadium pigments, zirconium pigments, molybdenum pigments, ruthenium pigments, platinum pigments, ITO (Indium Tin Oxide; Indium tin oxide) based pigments, ATO (Antimony Tin Oxide; antimony tin oxide) based pigments, etc.

組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之著色劑(I)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The coloring agent (I) contained in the composition (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination of these and The ratio can be selected arbitrarily.

於使用著色劑(I)之情形時,熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中的著色劑(I)的含量根據目的適宜調節即可。例如,藉由調節熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中的著色劑(I)的含量,調節保護膜的透光性,可調節對保護膜進行雷射印字之情形時的印字視認性。另外,藉由調節熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中的著色劑(I)的含量,亦可提高保護膜的設計性,或者使得半導體晶圓的背面的研削痕跡不易見。若考慮這一方面,則組成物(III-1)中,著色劑(I)的含量相對於溶劑以外的全部成分的總含量之比例(亦即,熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中的著色劑(I)的含量)較佳為0.1質量%以上10質量%以下,更佳為0.1質量%以上7.5質量%以下,尤佳為0.1質量%以上5質量%以下。藉由著色劑(I)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,可獲得更顯著的由使用著色劑(I)所帶來之功效。另外,藉由著色劑(I)的前述含量為前述上限值以下,可抑制熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜的透光性過度降低。 When using the coloring agent (I), the content of the coloring agent (I) in the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose. For example, by adjusting the content of the coloring agent (I) in the film for forming a thermosetting protective film to adjust the light transmittance of the protective film, the visibility of printing when laser printing is performed on the protective film can be adjusted. In addition, by adjusting the content of the coloring agent (I) in the film for forming a thermosetting protective film, the design of the protective film can be improved, or the grinding marks on the back surface of the semiconductor wafer can be made difficult to see. Considering this aspect, the ratio of the content of the colorant (I) in the composition (III-1) to the total content of all components other than the solvent (that is, the coloring in the film for forming a thermosetting protective film) The content of the agent (I) is preferably from 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably from 0.1% by mass to 7.5% by mass, and particularly preferably from 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass. When the aforementioned content of the colorant (I) is above the aforementioned lower limit, more significant effects brought about by the use of the colorant (I) can be obtained. In addition, when the aforementioned content of the coloring agent (I) is equal to or less than the aforementioned upper limit value, it is possible to suppress an excessive decrease in the light transmittance of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film.

[通用添加劑(J)] [General additives (J)]

組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中,在無損本實施形態中之功效之範圍內,亦可含有通用添加劑(J)。 The composition (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may contain general additives (J) within a range that does not impair the effects of the present embodiment.

通用添加劑(J)可為公知的添加劑,可根據目的任意選擇,並無特別限定,作為較佳的通用添加劑(J),例如可列舉:塑化劑、抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、吸氣劑(gettering agent)等。 The general additives (J) can be well-known additives, and can be arbitrarily selected according to the purpose, and are not particularly limited. Preferred general additives (J) include, for example, plasticizers, antistatic agents, antioxidants, and getters. (gettering agent) and so on.

組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之通用添加劑(J)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The general additives (J) contained in the composition (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination of these and The ratio can be selected arbitrarily.

組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中的通用添加劑(J)的含量並無特別限定,根據目的適宜選擇即可。 The content of the general additive (J) in the composition (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose.

[溶劑] [Solvent]

組成物(III-1)較佳為進一步含有溶劑。含有溶劑之組成物(III-1)的操作性良好。 It is preferable that the composition (III-1) further contains a solvent. The solvent-containing composition (III-1) has good operability.

前述溶劑並無特別限定,作為較佳的前述溶劑,例如可列舉:甲苯、二甲苯等烴;甲醇、乙醇、2-丙醇、異丁醇(2-甲基丙烷-1-醇)、1-丁醇等醇;乙酸乙酯等酯;丙酮、甲基乙基酮等酮;四氫呋喃等醚;二甲基甲醯胺、N-甲基吡咯啶酮等醯胺(具有醯胺鍵之化合物)等。 The aforementioned solvent is not particularly limited. Preferred examples of the aforementioned solvent include hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, isobutanol (2-methylpropane-1-ol), 1 -Alcohols such as butanol; esters such as ethyl acetate; ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; amides such as dimethylformamide and N-methylpyrrolidone (compounds with amide bonds )Wait.

組成物(III-1)所含有之溶劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The solvent contained in the composition (III-1) may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

就組成物(III-1)中的含有成分更均勻地混合之方面而言,組成物(III-1)所含有之溶劑較佳為甲基乙基酮等。 The solvent contained in the composition (III-1) is preferably methyl ethyl ketone or the like in terms of mixing the components contained in the composition (III-1) more uniformly.

<<熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物的製造方法>> <<Manufacturing method of composition for forming thermosetting protective film>>

組成物(III-1)等熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物藉由調配用以構成該組成物之各成分而獲得。 The composition for forming a thermosetting protective film, such as the composition (III-1), is obtained by blending each component that constitutes the composition.

調配各成分時之添加順序並無特別限定,亦可同時添加2種以上之成分。 The order of addition when formulating each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added at the same time.

於使用溶劑之情形時,可藉由下述方式使用:將溶劑與溶劑以外的任一種調配成分混合而將該調配成分預先稀釋;亦可藉由下述方式使用:不將溶劑以外的任一種調配成分預先稀釋而將溶劑與這些調配成分混合。 When a solvent is used, it can be used by the following method: mixing the solvent with any compounding component other than the solvent and diluting the compounding component in advance; it can also be used by the following method: not adding any one other than the solvent The compounding components are diluted in advance, and the solvent is mixed with these compounding components.

調配時混合各成分之方法並無特別限定,自以下公知的方法中適宜選擇即可:使攪拌子或攪拌翼等旋轉而進行混合之方法;使用混合機進行混合之方法;施加超音波進行混合之方法等。 The method of mixing each component during compounding is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from the following known methods: a method of mixing by rotating a stirrer or a stirring blade; a method of mixing using a mixer; mixing by applying ultrasonic waves The method and so on.

關於添加及混合各成分時的溫度及時間,只要不使各調配成分劣化,則並無特別限定,適宜調節即可,溫度較佳為15℃以上30℃以下。 The temperature and time when adding and mixing each component are not particularly limited as long as they do not deteriorate each compounding component, and may be adjusted appropriately. The temperature is preferably 15°C or higher and 30°C or lower.

○能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜 ○Film for forming energy ray curable protective film

能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜含有能量線硬化性成分(a)。 The film for forming an energy ray curable protective film contains an energy ray curable component (a).

能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜中,能量線硬化性成分(a)較佳為未硬化,較佳為具有黏著性,更佳為未硬化且具有黏著性。此處,所謂「能量線」及「能量線硬化性」如前文所說明。 In the film for forming an energy ray curable protective film, the energy ray curable component (a) is preferably uncured, preferably has adhesiveness, and more preferably has uncured and adhesiveness. Here, the so-called "energy line" and "energy line hardening" are as described above.

能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜可僅為1層(單層),亦可為2層以上之複數層,於為複數層之情形時,這些複數層相互可相同亦可不同,這些複數層之組合並無特別限定。 The film for forming energy ray curable protective film may have only one layer (single layer) or plural layers of two or more layers. In the case of plural layers, these plural layers may be the same or different from each other. These plural layers The combination is not particularly limited.

能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜的厚度較佳為1μm以上100μm以下,更佳為5μm以上75μm以下,尤佳為5μm以上50μm以下。藉由能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜的厚度為前述下限值以上,可形成保護能力更高的保護膜。另外,藉由能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜的厚度為前述上限值以下,可抑制厚度過厚。 The thickness of the film for forming an energy ray curable protective film is preferably 1 μm or more and 100 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm or more and 75 μm or less, and particularly preferably 5 μm or more and 50 μm or less. When the thickness of the film for forming an energy ray curable protective film is more than the aforementioned lower limit, a protective film with higher protection ability can be formed. In addition, when the thickness of the film for forming an energy ray curable protective film is not more than the aforementioned upper limit, it is possible to suppress excessive thickness.

此處,所謂「能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜的厚度」意指能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜整體的厚度,例如,所謂由複數層構成之能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜的厚度,意指構成能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜之全部層的合計厚度。再者,作為能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜的厚度的測定方法,例如可列舉以下方法等:於任意之5個部位使用接觸式厚度計測定厚度算出測定值之平均。 Here, the "thickness of the film for forming an energy ray curable protective film" means the overall thickness of the film for forming an energy ray curable protective film, for example, the thickness of the film for forming an energy ray curable protective film composed of multiple layers The thickness means the total thickness of all layers constituting the film for forming an energy ray curable protective film. In addition, as a method of measuring the thickness of the film for forming an energy ray curable protective film, for example, the following method can be cited: the thickness is measured at any 5 locations using a contact thickness meter, and the average of the measured values is calculated.

關於將能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜貼附於半導體晶圓的背面並硬化而形成保護膜時的硬化條件,只要保護膜成為充分發揮該保護膜的功能之程度的硬化度,則並無特別限定,根據能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜的種類適宜選擇即可。 Regarding the curing conditions when the energy ray curable protective film formation film is attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer and cured to form the protective film, as long as the protective film has a degree of curing that can fully perform the function of the protective film, there is no It is specifically limited, and what is necessary is just to select suitably according to the kind of film for energy-beam curable protective film formation.

例如,能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜之硬化時,能量線之照度較佳為120mW/cm2以上280mW/cm2以下。並且,前述硬化時,能量線之光量較佳為200mJ/cm2以上1000mJ/cm2以下。 For example, energy ray curable protective film when a cured film is formed, the illumination energy ray is preferably of 120mW / cm 2 or more 280mW / cm 2 or less. In addition, during the aforementioned curing, the light intensity of the energy ray is preferably 200 mJ/cm 2 or more and 1000 mJ/cm 2 or less.

<<能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物>> <<Energy ray curable protective film formation composition>>

能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜可使用含有該膜的構成材料之能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物而形成。例如,於能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜之形成對象面塗敷能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物,並視需要使能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物乾燥,藉此可於目標部位形成能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜。能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物中的常溫下不會氣化的成分彼此的含量比率通常與能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜中的前述成分彼此的含量比率相同。此處,所謂「常溫」如上文所說明。 The film for forming an energy ray curable protective film can be formed using a composition for forming an energy ray curable protective film containing the constituent material of the film. For example, a composition for forming an energy ray curable protective film is applied to the surface to be formed of the film for forming an energy ray curable protective film, and the composition for forming an energy ray curable protective film is dried as necessary, thereby achieving a target A film for forming an energy ray curable protective film is formed at the site. The content ratio of the components that do not vaporize at room temperature in the composition for forming an energy ray curable protective film is usually the same as the content ratio of the aforementioned components in the film for forming an energy ray curable protective film. Here, the so-called "normal temperature" is as explained above.

能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物之塗敷例如可利用與上述之黏著劑組成物之塗敷之情形相同的方法進行。 The application of the composition for forming an energy ray curable protective film can be performed by, for example, the same method as the application of the above-mentioned adhesive composition.

能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物之乾燥條件並無特別限定,於能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物含有後述溶劑之情形時,較佳為進行加熱乾燥,該情形時,較佳為於例如70℃以上130℃以下、10秒以上5分鐘以下之條件下進行乾燥。 The drying conditions of the composition for forming an energy ray curable protective film are not particularly limited, but when the composition for forming an energy ray curable protective film contains a solvent described later, it is preferable to heat and dry. In this case, preferably Drying is performed under conditions of, for example, 70°C or higher and 130°C or lower and 10 seconds or longer and 5 minutes or shorter.

<能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)> <Composition for forming energy ray curable protective film (IV-1)>

作為能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物,例如可列舉含有前述能量線硬化性成分(a)之能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)(本說明書中,有時僅簡稱為「組成物(IV-1)」)等。 As a composition for forming an energy ray curable protective film, for example, the composition for forming an energy ray curable protective film (IV-1) containing the aforementioned energy ray curable component (a) (in this specification, sometimes only abbreviated "Composition (IV-1)") etc.

[能量線硬化性成分(a)] [Energy ray curable component (a)]

能量線硬化性成分(a)係藉由照射能量線而硬化之成分,該成分用以對能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜賦予造膜性或可撓性等,並且於硬化後形成硬質保護膜。 The energy-ray curable component (a) is a component that is cured by irradiating energy rays. The component is used to impart film-forming properties or flexibility to the energy-ray-curable protective film forming film, and to form a hard protection after curing membrane.

作為能量線硬化性成分(a),例如可列舉:具有能量線硬化性基且重量平均分子量為80000以上2000000以下之聚合物(a1)以及具有能量線硬化性基且分子量為100以上80000以下之化合物(a2)。前述聚合物(a1)可該聚合物的至少一部分藉由交聯劑進行交聯,亦可不進行交聯。 As the energy ray curable component (a), for example, a polymer (a1) having an energy ray curable group and a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 or more and 2,000,000 or less, and a polymer having an energy ray curable group and having a molecular weight of 100 or more and 80,000 or less Compound (a2). The aforementioned polymer (a1) may or may not be crosslinked by crosslinking at least a part of the polymer by a crosslinking agent.

(具有能量線硬化性基且重量平均分子量為80000以上2000000以下之聚合物(a1)) (Polymer (a1) with an energy-ray curable base and a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 or more and 2,000,000 or less)

作為具有能量線硬化性基且重量平均分子量為80000以上2000000以下之聚合物(a1),例如可列舉丙烯酸系樹脂(a1-1),該丙烯酸系樹脂(a1-1)係使丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)與能量線硬化性化合物(a12)進行反應而成,該丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)具有可與其他化合物所具有之基反應之官能基,該能量線硬化性化合物(a12)具有與前述官能基反應之基及能量線硬化性雙鍵等能量線硬化性基。 As the polymer (a1) having an energy-ray curable group and having a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 or more and 2,000,000 or less, for example, acrylic resin (a1-1) can be cited. The acrylic resin (a1-1) is an acrylic polymer (a11) is formed by reacting with an energy ray curable compound (a12), the acrylic polymer (a11) has a functional group that can react with groups possessed by other compounds, and the energy ray curable compound (a12) has Energy-ray-curable groups such as the aforementioned functional group-reactive groups and energy-ray-curable double bonds.

作為可與其他化合物所具有之基反應之前述官能基,例如可列舉:羥基、羧基、胺基、取代胺基(胺基的1個或2個氫原子被氫原子以外的基取代而成之基)、環氧基等。但是,就防止半導體晶圓或半導體晶片等的電路腐蝕之方面而言,前述官能基較佳為羧基以外的基。 Examples of the functional groups that can react with groups possessed by other compounds include hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, amino groups, and substituted amino groups (one or two hydrogen atoms of the amino group are substituted with groups other than hydrogen atoms. Group), epoxy group and the like. However, in terms of preventing corrosion of a semiconductor wafer or a circuit of a semiconductor wafer, the aforementioned functional group is preferably a group other than a carboxyl group.

這些之中,前述官能基較佳為羥基。 Among these, the aforementioned functional group is preferably a hydroxyl group.

‧具有官能基之丙烯酸系聚合物(a11) ‧Acrylic polymer with functional group (a11)

前述具有官能基之丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)例如可列舉:使前述具有官能基之丙烯酸系單體與前述不具有官能基之丙烯酸系單體進行共聚合而成之聚合物,亦可為除這些單體以外,進一步使丙烯酸系單體以外的單體(非丙烯酸系單體)進行共聚合而成之聚合物。 The acrylic polymer (a11) having a functional group may be, for example, a polymer obtained by copolymerizing the acrylic monomer having a functional group and the acrylic monomer having no functional group, and it may also be In addition to these monomers, a polymer obtained by further copolymerizing monomers other than acrylic monomers (non-acrylic monomers).

另外,前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)可為無規共聚物,亦可為嵌段共聚物,關於聚合方法,亦可採用公知的方法。 In addition, the aforementioned acrylic polymer (a11) may be a random copolymer or a block copolymer. Regarding the polymerization method, a known method may also be adopted.

作為前述具有官能基之丙烯酸系單體,例如可列舉:含羥基之單體、含羧基之單體、含胺基之單體、含取代胺基之單體、含環氧基之單體等。 Examples of the aforementioned acrylic monomer having a functional group include: hydroxyl group-containing monomers, carboxyl group-containing monomers, amine group-containing monomers, substituted amine group-containing monomers, epoxy group-containing monomers, etc. .

作為前述含羥基之單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸羥基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯等(甲基)丙烯酸羥基烷基酯;乙烯醇、烯丙醇等非(甲基)丙烯酸系不飽和醇(不具有(甲基)丙烯醯基骨架之不飽和醇)等。 Examples of the hydroxyl-containing monomer include: hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylate Hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate and other hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylates; vinyl alcohol, Non-(meth)acrylic unsaturated alcohols such as allyl alcohol (unsaturated alcohols that do not have a (meth)acryloyl skeleton) and the like.

作為前述含羧基之單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸、丁烯酸等乙烯性不飽和單羧酸(具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之單羧酸);富馬酸、衣康酸、馬來酸、檸康酸等乙烯性不飽和二羧酸(具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之二羧酸);前述乙烯性不飽和二羧酸的酐;甲基丙烯酸2-羧基乙酯等(甲基)丙烯酸羧基烷基酯等。 Examples of the aforementioned carboxyl group-containing monomer include: ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acids (monocarboxylic acids having ethylenically unsaturated bonds) such as (meth)acrylic acid and crotonic acid; fumaric acid, itaconic acid, Maleic acid, citraconic acid and other ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids (dicarboxylic acids with ethylenically unsaturated bonds); anhydrides of the aforementioned ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids; 2-carboxyethyl methacrylate, etc. (form Group) carboxyalkyl acrylate and the like.

具有前述官能基之丙烯酸系單體較佳為含羥基之單體。 The acrylic monomer having the aforementioned functional group is preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer.

構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)之前述具有官能基之丙烯酸系單體可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以 上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The aforementioned acrylic monomer having a functional group constituting the aforementioned acrylic polymer (a11) may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two types or more In the above situation, the combination and ratio of these can be selected arbitrarily.

作為前述不具有官能基之丙烯酸系單體,例如,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸肉豆蔻酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十六烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸棕櫚酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)等構成烷基酯之烷基為碳數為1至18之鏈狀結構之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯等。 Examples of the aforementioned acrylic monomer having no functional group include: methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate Ester, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, second butyl (meth)acrylate, tertiary butyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate Base) hexyl acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate Nonyl ester, isononyl (meth)acrylate, decyl (meth)acrylate, undecyl (meth)acrylate, dodecyl (meth)acrylate (lauryl (meth)acrylate) , Tridecyl (meth)acrylate, tetradecyl (meth)acrylate (myristyl (meth)acrylate), pentadecyl (meth)acrylate, ten (meth)acrylate Alkyl esters such as hexaalkyl ester (palmityl (meth)acrylate), heptadecyl (meth)acrylate, stearyl (meth)acrylate (stearyl (meth)acrylate), etc. The alkyl group is an alkyl (meth)acrylate with a chain structure of 1 to 18 carbon atoms.

另外,作為前述不具有官能基之丙烯酸系單體,例如亦可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲氧基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙氧基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙氧基乙酯等含烷氧基烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;包含有(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯等(甲基)丙烯酸芳基酯等之具有芳香族基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;非交聯性的(甲基)丙烯醯胺及其衍生物;(甲 基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲胺基丙酯等非交聯性的具有三級胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 In addition, as the aforementioned acrylic monomer having no functional group, for example, methoxymethyl (meth)acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, and ethoxymethyl (meth)acrylate can also be cited. (Meth)acrylates containing alkoxy alkyl groups such as ethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate; those containing aryl (meth)acrylates such as phenyl (meth)acrylate, etc. (Meth)acrylate; non-crosslinkable (meth)acrylamide and its derivatives; (A Non-crosslinkable (meth)acrylates with tertiary amino groups such as N,N-dimethylaminoethyl acrylate and N,N-dimethylaminopropyl (meth)acrylate.

構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)之前述不具有官能基之丙烯酸系單體可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The aforementioned acrylic monomer having no functional group constituting the aforementioned acrylic polymer (a11) may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected .

作為前述非丙烯酸系單體,例如可列舉:乙烯、降冰片烯等烯烴;乙酸乙烯酯;苯乙烯等。 Examples of the aforementioned non-acrylic monomers include olefins such as ethylene and norbornene; vinyl acetate; styrene and the like.

構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)之前述非丙烯酸系單體可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The aforementioned non-acrylic monomer constituting the aforementioned acrylic polymer (a11) may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)中,由前述具有官能基之丙烯酸系單體衍生之結構單元的量相對於構成該丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)之結構單元的全部量之比例(含量)較佳為0.1質量%以上50質量%以下,更佳為1質量%以上40質量%以下,尤佳為3質量%以上30質量%以下。藉由前述比例為此種範圍,可將由前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)與前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)之共聚合所獲得之前述丙烯酸系樹脂(a1-1)中能量線硬化性基的含量容易地調節為使保護膜的硬化程度較佳之範圍。 In the acrylic polymer (a11), the ratio (content) of the amount of the structural unit derived from the acrylic monomer having the functional group relative to the total amount of the structural unit constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) is preferred It is 0.1% by mass or more and 50% by mass or less, more preferably 1% by mass or more and 40% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 3% by mass or more and 30% by mass or less. With the aforementioned ratio in this range, the energy-ray-curable group in the acrylic resin (a1-1) obtained by copolymerization of the aforementioned acrylic polymer (a11) and the aforementioned energy-ray-curable compound (a12) The content of is easily adjusted to a better range for the degree of hardening of the protective film.

構成前述丙烯酸系樹脂(a1-1)之前述丙烯酸系聚合物 (a11)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The aforementioned acrylic polymer constituting the aforementioned acrylic resin (a1-1) (a11) There may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

組成物(IV-1)中,丙烯酸系樹脂(a1-1)的含量相對於溶劑以外的成分的總含量之比例(亦即,能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜中的丙烯酸系樹脂(a1-1)的含量)較佳為1質量%以上70質量%以下,更佳為5質量%以上60質量%以下,尤佳為10質量%以上50質量%以下。 In the composition (IV-1), the ratio of the content of the acrylic resin (a1-1) to the total content of the components other than the solvent (that is, the acrylic resin (a1) in the film for forming an energy ray curable protective film The content of -1)) is preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 60% by mass, and particularly preferably 10% by mass to 50% by mass.

‧能量線硬化性化合物(a12) ‧Energy ray hardening compound (a12)

前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)較佳為具有選自由異氰酸酯基、環氧基以及羧基所組成之群組中的1種或2種以上作為可與前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)所具有之官能基反應之基,更佳為具有異氰酸酯基作為前述基。於前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)例如具有異氰酸酯基作為前述基之情形時,該異氰酸酯基與前述具有羥基作為官能基之丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)的該羥基容易反應。 The aforementioned energy ray-curable compound (a12) preferably has one or two or more selected from the group consisting of isocyanate groups, epoxy groups, and carboxyl groups as those that can be combined with the aforementioned acrylic polymer (a11). The functional group reaction group more preferably has an isocyanate group as the aforementioned group. When the energy ray curable compound (a12) has, for example, an isocyanate group as the group, the isocyanate group easily reacts with the hydroxyl group of the acrylic polymer (a11) having a hydroxyl group as a functional group.

前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)較佳為於1分子中具有1個以上5個以下之前述能量線硬化性基,更佳為具有1個以上3個以下。 The energy ray curable compound (a12) preferably has one or more and five or less of the energy ray curable groups in one molecule, and more preferably has one or more and three or less.

作為前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12),例如可列舉:異氰酸2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙酯、間-異丙烯基-α,α-二甲基 苄基異氰酸酯、甲基丙烯醯基異氰酸酯、異氰酸烯丙酯、異氰酸1,1-(雙丙烯醯氧基甲基)乙酯;藉由二異氰酸酯化合物或多異氰酸酯化合物與(甲基)丙烯酸羥基乙酯之反應而獲得之丙烯醯基單異氰酸酯化合物;藉由二異氰酸酯化合物或多異氰酸酯化合物、多元醇化合物及(甲基)丙烯酸羥基乙酯之反應而獲得之丙烯醯基單異氰酸酯化合物等。 Examples of the energy ray curable compound (a12) include 2-methacryloxyethyl isocyanate, m-isopropenyl-α,α-dimethyl Benzyl isocyanate, methacrylic acid isocyanate, allyl isocyanate, 1,1-(bisacryloxymethyl) ethyl isocyanate; by diisocyanate compound or polyisocyanate compound and (methyl ) Acrylic monoisocyanate compound obtained by reaction of hydroxyethyl acrylate; acryl monoisocyanate compound obtained by reaction of diisocyanate compound or polyisocyanate compound, polyol compound and hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate Wait.

這些之中,前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)較佳為異氰酸2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙酯。 Among these, the aforementioned energy ray curable compound (a12) is preferably 2-methacryloxyethyl isocyanate.

構成前述丙烯酸系樹脂(a1-1)之前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The aforementioned energy ray curable compound (a12) constituting the aforementioned acrylic resin (a1-1) may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected .

前述丙烯酸系樹脂(a1-1)中,源自前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)之能量線硬化性基的含量相對於源自前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)之前述官能基的含量之比例較佳為20莫耳%以上120莫耳%以下,更佳為35莫耳%以上100莫耳%以下,尤佳為50莫耳%以上100莫耳%以下。藉由前述含量之比例為此種範圍,硬化後的保護膜的接著力進一步變大。再者,於前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)為一官能(於1分子中具有1個前述基)化合物之情形時,前述含量之比例的上限值成為100莫耳%,但於前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)為多官能(於1分子中具有2個以上前述基)化 合物之情形時,前述含量之比例的上限值會有超過100莫耳%之情形。 In the acrylic resin (a1-1), the ratio of the content of the energy ray curable group derived from the energy ray curable compound (a12) to the content of the functional group derived from the acrylic polymer (a11) Preferably it is 20 mol% or more and 120 mol% or less, more preferably 35 mol% or more and 100 mol% or less, and particularly preferably 50 mol% or more and 100 mol% or less. When the ratio of the aforementioned content is in this range, the adhesive force of the cured protective film is further increased. In addition, when the energy ray curable compound (a12) is a monofunctional (having one group in one molecule) compound, the upper limit of the ratio of the content becomes 100 mol%, but it is less than the energy The linear curable compound (a12) is polyfunctional (having two or more of the aforementioned groups in one molecule) In the case of a compound, the upper limit of the aforementioned content ratio may exceed 100 mol%.

前述聚合物(a1)的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為100000以上2000000以下,更佳為300000以上1500000以下。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the aforementioned polymer (a1) is preferably 100,000 or more and 2,000,000 or less, more preferably 300,000 or more and 1,500,000 or less.

此處,所謂「重量平均分子量」如上文所說明。 Here, the so-called "weight average molecular weight" is as described above.

於前述聚合物(a1)的至少一部分藉由交聯劑進行交聯之情形時,前述聚合物(a1)可使不符合上述說明之構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)之任一單體且具有與交聯劑反應之基之單體進行聚合,在前述與交聯劑反應之基中進行交聯,亦可在源自前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)之與前述官能基反應之基中進行交聯。 In the case where at least a part of the aforementioned polymer (a1) is crosslinked by a crosslinking agent, the aforementioned polymer (a1) can be any monomer constituting the aforementioned acrylic polymer (a11) that does not meet the above description and A monomer having a group that reacts with a crosslinking agent is polymerized and crosslinked in the aforementioned group that reacts with the crosslinking agent. It may also be a group derived from the aforementioned energy ray curable compound (a12) that reacts with the aforementioned functional group. Cross-linking in the middle.

組成物(IV-1)及能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之前述聚合物(a1)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The aforementioned polymer (a1) contained in the composition (IV-1) and the film for forming an energy ray curable protective film may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, these The combination and ratio can be chosen arbitrarily.

(具有能量線硬化性基且分子量為100以上80000以下之化合物(a2)) (Compound (a2) having an energy-ray curable group and a molecular weight of 100 or more and 80,000 or less)

作為具有能量線硬化性基且分子量為100以上80000以下之化合物(a2)所具有之能量線硬化性基,可列舉包含有能量線硬化性雙鍵之基,作為較佳的該基,可列舉:(甲 基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基等。 Examples of the energy-ray-curable group possessed by the compound (a2) having an energy-ray-curable group and a molecular weight of 100 or more and 80,000 or less include a group containing an energy-ray-curable double bond, and a preferable group includes :(First Base) Acrylic, vinyl and the like.

若前述化合物(a2)滿足上述條件,則並無特別限定,可列舉:具有能量線硬化性基之低分子量化合物、具有能量線硬化性基之環氧樹脂、具有能量線硬化性基之酚樹脂等。 If the aforementioned compound (a2) satisfies the above conditions, it is not particularly limited. Examples include low molecular weight compounds having energy ray curable groups, epoxy resins having energy ray curable groups, and phenol resins having energy ray curable groups. Wait.

[0002] [0002]

前述化合物(a2)中,作為具有能量線硬化性基之低分子量化合物,例如可列舉多官能之單體或低聚物等,較佳為具有(甲基)丙烯醯基之丙烯酸酯系化合物。 Among the aforementioned compounds (a2), examples of the low-molecular-weight compound having an energy ray-curable group include polyfunctional monomers or oligomers, and preferably acrylate-based compounds having a (meth)acryloyl group.

作為前述丙烯酸酯系化合物,例如可列舉:甲基丙烯酸2-羥基-3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙酯、聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙氧基化乙氧基化雙酚A二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚乙氧基)苯基]丙烷、乙氧基化雙酚A二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基二乙氧基)苯基]丙烷、9,9-雙[4-(2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙氧基)苯基]茀、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚丙氧基)苯基]丙烷、三環癸烷二甲醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,10-癸二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,9-壬二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙氧基)苯基]丙烷、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯 酸酯、乙氧基化聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-羥基-1,3-二(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙烷等2官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯;異氰脲酸三(2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基)酯、ε-己內酯改性異氰脲酸三-(2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基)酯、乙氧基化甘油三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二-三羥甲基丙烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯等多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯低聚物等多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯低聚物等。 Examples of the acrylate-based compound include: 2-hydroxy-3-(meth)acryloxypropyl methacrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, and propoxylated ethoxy Bisphenol A bis(meth)acrylate, 2,2-bis[4-((meth)acryloyloxypolyethoxy)phenyl]propane, ethoxylated bisphenol A bis(methyl) )Acrylate, 2,2-bis[4-((meth)acryloyloxydiethoxy)phenyl]propane, 9,9-bis[4-(2-(meth)acryloyloxy) Ethoxy) phenyl] 茀, 2,2-bis[4-((meth)acryloyloxypolypropoxy)phenyl]propane, tricyclodecane dimethanol di(meth)acrylate, 1 , 10-decanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,9-nonanediol di(meth)acrylate, dipropylene glycol di(meth) )Acrylate, tripropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polybutylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, diethylenedi Alcohol di(meth)acrylate, triethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 2,2-bis[4-((meth)acryloyloxyethoxy)phenyl]propane, neopentadiene Alcohol bis (meth) propylene Acid ester, ethoxylated polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxy-1,3-di(meth)acryloxypropane and other bifunctional (meth)acrylates; three isocyanuric acid (2-(meth)acryloxyethyl) ester, ε-caprolactone modified tris-(2-(meth)acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate, ethoxylated glycerin Tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, di-trimethylolpropane tetra(meth)acrylate, ethoxylated pentaerythritol Multifunctional (meth)acrylates such as tetra(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol poly(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, etc.; (meth) Polyfunctional (meth)acrylate oligomers such as acrylic urethane oligomers, etc.

前述化合物(a2)中,作為具有能量線硬化性基之環氧樹脂、具有能量線硬化性基之酚樹脂,例如可使用「日本專利特開2013-194102號公報」中的段落0043等中所記載之樹脂。此種樹脂亦符合構成後述之熱硬化性成分之樹脂,但本實施形態中視作前述化合物(a2)。 Among the aforementioned compounds (a2), as an epoxy resin having an energy ray curable group and a phenol resin having an energy ray curable group, for example, the paragraph 0043 in "Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2013-194102" can be used. Recorded resin. Such resin also corresponds to the resin constituting the thermosetting component described later, but it is regarded as the aforementioned compound (a2) in this embodiment.

前述化合物(a2)的重量平均分子量較佳為100以上30000以下,更佳為300以上10000以下。此處,所謂「重量平均分子量」如前文所說明。 The weight average molecular weight of the aforementioned compound (a2) is preferably 100 or more and 30,000 or less, more preferably 300 or more and 10,000 or less. Here, the so-called "weight average molecular weight" is as described above.

組成物(IV-1)及能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之前述化合物(a2)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The aforementioned compound (a2) contained in the composition (IV-1) and the film for forming an energy ray curable protective film may be only one type or two or more types; in the case of two or more types, a combination of these And the ratio can be chosen arbitrarily.

[不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)] [Polymer without energy ray curable base (b)]

組成物(IV-1)及能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜含有前述化合物(a2)作為前述能量線硬化性成分(a)之情形時,較佳為亦進一步含有不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)。 When the composition (IV-1) and the film for forming an energy ray curable protective film contain the aforementioned compound (a2) as the aforementioned energy ray curable component (a), it is preferable to further contain a group that does not have energy ray curable The polymer (b).

前述聚合物(b)可至少一部分藉由交聯劑進行交聯,亦可不進行交聯。 The aforementioned polymer (b) may be crosslinked at least partially by a crosslinking agent, or may not be crosslinked.

作為不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b),例如可列舉:丙烯酸系聚合物、苯氧基樹脂、胺基甲酸酯樹脂、聚酯、橡膠系樹脂、丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯樹脂等。 Examples of the polymer (b) that does not have an energy-ray curable group include acrylic polymers, phenoxy resins, urethane resins, polyesters, rubber resins, and acrylic urethane resins. Wait.

這些之中,前述聚合物(b)較佳為丙烯酸系聚合物(以下,有時簡稱為「丙烯酸系聚合物(b-1)」)。 Among these, the aforementioned polymer (b) is preferably an acrylic polymer (hereinafter, abbreviated as "acrylic polymer (b-1)" in some cases).

丙烯酸系聚合物(b-1)可為公知的聚合物,例如可為1種丙烯酸系單體的均聚物,亦可為2種以上丙烯酸系單體的共聚物,還可為1種或2種以上丙烯酸系單體與1種或2種以上除丙烯酸系單體以外的單體(非丙烯酸系單體)之共聚物。 The acrylic polymer (b-1) may be a well-known polymer, for example, it may be a homopolymer of one type of acrylic monomer, or a copolymer of two or more types of acrylic monomers, or may be one type or A copolymer of two or more acrylic monomers and one or more monomers (non-acrylic monomers) other than acrylic monomers.

作為構成丙烯酸系聚合物(b-1)之前述丙烯酸系單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、具有環狀骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含縮水甘油基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含取代胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 此處,所謂「取代胺基」如上文所說明。 Examples of the aforementioned acrylic monomers constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) include alkyl (meth)acrylates, (meth)acrylates having a cyclic skeleton, and (meth)acrylates containing glycidyl groups. (Methyl)acrylate, hydroxyl-containing (meth)acrylate, substituted amine-containing (meth)acrylate, etc. Here, the so-called "substituted amino group" is as described above.

作為前述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸肉豆蔻酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十六烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸棕櫚酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)等構成烷基酯之烷基為碳數為1至18之鏈狀結構之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯等。 Examples of the aforementioned alkyl (meth)acrylate include: methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, ( N-Butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, second butyl (meth)acrylate, tertiary butyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid Hexyl ester, heptyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, n-nonyl (meth)acrylate, Isononyl (meth)acrylate, decyl (meth)acrylate, undecyl (meth)acrylate, dodecyl (meth)acrylate (lauryl (meth)acrylate), (meth)acrylate Base) tridecyl acrylate, tetradecyl (meth)acrylate (myristyl (meth)acrylate), pentadecyl (meth)acrylate, hexadecyl (meth)acrylate Ester (palmityl (meth)acrylate), heptadecyl (meth)acrylate, stearyl (meth)acrylate (stearyl (meth)acrylate), etc. constitute the alkyl group of the alkyl ester It is an alkyl (meth)acrylate with a chain structure of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, etc.

作為前述具有環狀骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸異冰片酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯等(甲基)丙烯酸芳烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烯基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯氧基乙酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烯氧基烷基酯等。 Examples of (meth)acrylates having a cyclic skeleton include cycloalkyl (meth)acrylates such as isobornyl (meth)acrylate and dicyclopentyl (meth)acrylate; (meth) ) Aralkyl (meth)acrylates such as benzyl acrylate; cycloalkenyl (meth)acrylates such as dicyclopentenyl (meth)acrylate; dicyclopentenyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate, etc. (Meth) acrylate cycloalkenyloxy alkyl ester and the like.

作為前述含縮水甘油基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等。 As said glycidyl group-containing (meth)acrylate, glycidyl (meth)acrylate etc. are mentioned, for example.

作為前述含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸羥基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯等。 Examples of the hydroxyl-containing (meth)acrylates include: hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, (meth) ) 3-hydroxypropyl acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, etc.

作為前述含取代胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸N-甲基胺基乙酯等。 Examples of the aforementioned substituted amino group-containing (meth)acrylate include N-methylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate and the like.

作為構成丙烯酸系聚合物(b-1)之前述非丙烯酸系單體,例如可列舉:乙烯、降冰片烯等烯烴;乙酸乙烯酯;苯乙烯等。 Examples of the non-acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) include olefins such as ethylene and norbornene; vinyl acetate; styrene.

作為至少一部分藉由交聯劑進行交聯且不具有前述能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b),例如可列舉:前述聚合物(b)中的反應性官能基與交聯劑反應之聚合物。 Examples of the polymer (b) that is at least partially cross-linked by a cross-linking agent and does not have the aforementioned energy ray curable group include: polymerization in which the reactive functional group in the aforementioned polymer (b) reacts with the cross-linking agent Things.

前述反應性官能基根據交聯劑之種類等適宜選擇即可,並無特別限定。例如,於交聯劑為多異氰酸酯化合物之情形時,作為前述反應性官能基,可列舉羥基、羧基、胺基等,這些之中,較佳為與異氰酸酯基之反應性高之羥基。另外,於交聯劑為環氧系化合物之情形時,作為前述反應性官能基,可列舉羧基、胺基、醯胺基等,這些之中, 較佳為與環氧基之反應性高之羧基。但是,就防止半導體晶圓或半導體晶片的電路腐蝕之方面而言,前述反應性官能基較佳為羧基以外的基。 The aforementioned reactive functional group may be appropriately selected according to the kind of crosslinking agent, etc., and is not particularly limited. For example, when the crosslinking agent is a polyisocyanate compound, as the aforementioned reactive functional group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an amino group, etc. can be mentioned. Among these, a hydroxyl group having high reactivity with an isocyanate group is preferred. In addition, when the crosslinking agent is an epoxy-based compound, the reactive functional group may include a carboxyl group, an amino group, an amide group, etc., among these, Preferably, it is a carboxyl group having high reactivity with an epoxy group. However, in terms of preventing corrosion of the semiconductor wafer or the circuit of the semiconductor wafer, the aforementioned reactive functional group is preferably a group other than a carboxyl group.

作為具有前述反應性官能基且不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b),例如可列舉:至少使具有前述反應性官能基之單體進行聚合而獲得之聚合物。於丙烯酸系聚合物(b-1)之情形時,作為構成該丙烯酸系聚合物(b-1)之單體所列舉之前述丙烯酸系單體及非丙烯酸系單體的任一者或兩者,使用具有前述反應性官能基之單體即可。例如,作為具有羥基作為反應性官能基之前述聚合物(b),例如可列舉使含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯進行聚合而獲得之聚合物,除此以外,亦可列舉使上文所列舉之前述丙烯酸系單體或非丙烯酸系單體中1個或2個以上氫原子被前述反應性官能基取代而成之單體進行聚合而獲得之聚合物。 As a polymer (b) which has the said reactive functional group and does not have an energy-ray curable group, the polymer obtained by polymerizing at least the monomer which has the said reactive functional group is mentioned, for example. In the case of acrylic polymer (b-1), any one or both of the aforementioned acrylic monomers and non-acrylic monomers listed as monomers constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) It is sufficient to use a monomer having the aforementioned reactive functional group. For example, as the aforementioned polymer (b) having a hydroxyl group as a reactive functional group, for example, a polymer obtained by polymerizing a hydroxyl-containing (meth)acrylate may be mentioned. A polymer obtained by polymerizing a monomer in which one or more hydrogen atoms in the aforementioned acrylic monomer or non-acrylic monomer is substituted with the aforementioned reactive functional group.

具有反應性官能基之前述聚合物(b)中,由具有反應性官能基之單體衍生之結構單元的量相對於構成該聚合物(b)之結構單元的全部量之比例(含量)較佳為1質量%以上20質量%以下,更佳為2質量%以上10質量%以下。藉由前述比例為此種範圍,前述聚合物(b)中,交聯程度成為更佳的範圍。 In the aforementioned polymer (b) having a reactive functional group, the ratio (content) of the amount of the structural unit derived from the monomer having the reactive functional group relative to the total amount of the structural unit constituting the polymer (b) Preferably it is 1 mass% or more and 20 mass% or less, More preferably, it is 2 mass% or more and 10 mass% or less. When the aforementioned ratio is in such a range, the degree of crosslinking in the aforementioned polymer (b) becomes a more preferable range.

就組成物(IV-1)的造膜性更良好之方面而言,不具有 能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為10000以上2000000以下,更佳為100000以上1500000以下。此處,所謂「重量平均分子量」如上文所說明。 As far as the film forming properties of the composition (IV-1) are better, it does not have The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the energy-ray curable polymer (b) is preferably 10,000 or more and 2,000,000 or less, more preferably 100,000 or more and 1,500,000 or less. Here, the so-called "weight average molecular weight" is as described above.

組成物(IV-1)及能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上;於為2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The composition (IV-1) and the polymer (b) that does not have an energy ray curable group contained in the film for forming an energy ray curable protective film may be only one type, or two or more types; in two types In the above case, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

作為組成物(IV-1),可列舉含有前述聚合物(a1)及前述化合物(a2)的任一者或兩者之組成物。並且,於組成物(IV-1)含有前述化合物(a2)之情形時,較佳為亦進一步含有不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b),該情形時,亦較佳為進一步含有前述(a1)。另外,組成物(IV-1)亦可不含有前述化合物(a2),且一併含有前述聚合物(a1)及不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)。 As the composition (IV-1), a composition containing either or both of the aforementioned polymer (a1) and aforementioned compound (a2) can be cited. In addition, when the composition (IV-1) contains the aforementioned compound (a2), it is preferable to further contain a polymer (b) that does not have an energy-ray curable group, and in this case, it is also preferable to further contain The foregoing (a1). In addition, the composition (IV-1) may not contain the above-mentioned compound (a2), and may also contain the above-mentioned polymer (a1) and the polymer (b) which does not have an energy-ray curable group.

於組成物(IV-1)含有前述聚合物(a1)、前述化合物(a2)及不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)之情形時,組成物(IV-1)中,前述化合物(a2)的含量相對於前述聚合物(a1)及不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)的總含量100質量份,較佳為10質量份以上400質量份以下,更佳為30質量份以上350質量份以下。 When the composition (IV-1) contains the aforementioned polymer (a1), the aforementioned compound (a2), and the aforementioned polymer (b) without an energy-ray curable group, in the composition (IV-1), the aforementioned compound The content of (a2) is 100 parts by mass relative to the total content of the aforementioned polymer (a1) and polymer (b) without an energy-ray curable group, preferably 10 parts by mass or more and 400 parts by mass or less, more preferably 30 Part by mass or more and 350 parts by mass or less.

組成物(IV-1)中,前述能量線硬化性成分(a)及不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)的合計含量(亦即,能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜中的前述能量線硬化性成分(a)及不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)的合計含量)相對於溶劑以外的成分的總含量之比例較佳為5質量%以上90質量%以下,更佳為10質量%以上80質量%以下,尤佳為20質量%以上70質量%以下。藉由能量線硬化性成分的含量的前述比例為此種範圍,能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜的能量線硬化性變得更良好。 In the composition (IV-1), the total content of the aforementioned energy ray curable component (a) and the polymer (b) that does not have an energy ray curable group (that is, the total content of the energy ray curable protective film forming film The ratio of the total content of the aforementioned energy ray curable component (a) and polymer (b) without energy ray curable group) to the total content of components other than the solvent is preferably from 5 mass% to 90 mass%, It is more preferably 10% by mass or more and 80% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 20% by mass or more and 70% by mass or less. When the aforementioned ratio of the content of the energy ray curable component is in such a range, the energy ray curability of the film for forming an energy ray curable protective film becomes better.

組成物(IV-1)中,除前述能量線硬化性成分以外,亦可根據目的而含有選自由熱硬化性成分、填充材料、偶合劑、交聯劑、光聚合起始劑、著色劑以及通用添加劑所組成之群組中的1種或2種以上。例如,藉由使用含有前述能量線硬化性成分及熱硬化性成分之組成物(IV-1),所形成之能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜藉由加熱而對被黏著體之接著力提高,由該能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜形成之保護膜的強度亦提高。 In the composition (IV-1), in addition to the aforementioned energy ray curable component, it may also contain a thermosetting component, a filler, a coupling agent, a crosslinking agent, a photopolymerization initiator, a coloring agent, and One or more of the group consisting of general additives. For example, by using the composition (IV-1) containing the aforementioned energy ray curable component and thermosetting component, the formed film for forming an energy ray curable protective film improves the adhesion to the adherend by heating , The strength of the protective film formed from the film for forming the energy ray curable protective film is also improved.

作為組成物(IV-1)中的前述熱硬化性成分、填充材料、偶合劑、交聯劑、光聚合起始劑、著色劑以及通用添加劑,可列舉:分別與保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)中的熱硬化性成分(B)、填充材料(D)、偶合劑(E)、交聯劑(F)、光聚合起始劑(H)、著色劑(I)及通用添加劑(J)相同之化合物。 As the aforementioned thermosetting component, filler, coupling agent, crosslinking agent, photopolymerization initiator, coloring agent, and general additives in the composition (IV-1), there may be mentioned: respectively and the protective film forming composition ( III-1) Thermosetting component (B), filler (D), coupling agent (E), crosslinking agent (F), photopolymerization initiator (H), coloring agent (I) and general additives (J) The same compound.

組成物(IV-1)中,前述熱硬化性成分、填充材料、偶合劑、交聯劑、光聚合起始劑、著色劑以及通用添加劑可分別單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上;於併用2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 In the composition (IV-1), the aforementioned thermosetting components, fillers, coupling agents, crosslinking agents, photopolymerization initiators, colorants, and general additives may be used individually or in combination of two or more; When two or more types are used in combination, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

組成物(IV-1)中的前述熱硬化性成分、填充材料、偶合劑、交聯劑、光聚合起始劑、著色劑以及通用添加劑的含量根據目的適宜調節即可,並無特別限定。 The content of the aforementioned thermosetting component, filler, coupling agent, crosslinking agent, photopolymerization initiator, coloring agent, and general additives in the composition (IV-1) may be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose, and is not particularly limited.

就藉由稀釋而使該組成物的操作性提高而言,組成物(IV-1)較佳為進一步含有溶劑。 In terms of improving the workability of the composition by dilution, the composition (IV-1) preferably further contains a solvent.

作為組成物(IV-1)所含有之溶劑,例如可列舉與組成物(III-1)中的溶劑相同之溶劑。 Examples of the solvent contained in the composition (IV-1) include the same solvents as the solvent in the composition (III-1).

組成物(IV-1)所含有之溶劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The solvent contained in the composition (IV-1) may be only one type or two or more types.

<<能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物的製造方法>> <<Method for manufacturing composition for forming energy ray curable protective film>>

組成物(IV-1)等能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物可藉由調配用以構成該組成物之各成分而獲得。 A composition for forming an energy ray curable protective film, such as the composition (IV-1), can be obtained by blending each component that constitutes the composition.

調配各成分時之添加順序並無特別限定,亦可同時添加2種以上之成分。 The order of addition when formulating each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added at the same time.

於使用溶劑之情形時,可藉由下述方式使用:將溶劑與溶劑以外的任一種調配成分混合而將該調配成分預先稀釋;亦可藉由下述方式使用:不將溶劑以外的任一種調 配成分預先稀釋而將溶劑與這些調配成分混合。 When a solvent is used, it can be used by the following method: mixing the solvent with any compounding component other than the solvent and diluting the compounding component in advance; it can also be used by the following method: not adding any one other than the solvent Tune The formulation components are diluted in advance and the solvent is mixed with these formulation components.

調配時混合各成分之方法並無特別限定,自以下公知的方法中適宜選擇即可:使攪拌子或攪拌翼等旋轉而進行混合之方法;使用混合機進行混合之方法;施加超音波進行混合之方法等。 The method of mixing each component during compounding is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from the following known methods: a method of mixing by rotating a stirrer or a stirring blade; a method of mixing using a mixer; mixing by applying ultrasonic waves The method and so on.

關於添加及混合各成分時的溫度及時間,只要不使各調配成分劣化,則並無特別限定,適宜調節即可,溫度較佳為15℃以上30℃以下。 The temperature and time when adding and mixing each component are not particularly limited as long as they do not deteriorate each compounding component, and may be adjusted appropriately. The temperature is preferably 15°C or higher and 30°C or lower.

○非硬化性保護膜形成用膜 ○Film for forming non-curing protective film

作為較佳的非硬化性保護膜形成用膜,例如含有非硬化性成分(c)。非硬化性保護膜形成用膜中,非硬化性成分(c)不具有硬化性,該非硬化性保護膜形成用膜較佳為具有對支持片之黏著性及用以保護半導體晶圓或晶片之適度之硬度。此處,所謂「非硬化性」如前文所說明。 As a preferable film for forming a non-curable protective film, for example, it contains a non-curable component (c). In the non-curable protective film formation film, the non-curable component (c) does not have curability. The non-curable protective film formation film preferably has adhesiveness to the support sheet and is used to protect semiconductor wafers or chips. Moderate hardness. Here, the so-called "non-curing property" is as described above.

非硬化性保護膜形成用膜可僅為1層(單層),亦可為2層以上之複數層,於為複數層之情形時,這些複數層相互可相同亦可不同,這些複數層之組合並無特別限定。 The film for forming a non-curable protective film may be only one layer (single layer), or plural layers of two or more layers. In the case of plural layers, these plural layers may be the same or different from each other. The combination is not particularly limited.

非硬化性保護膜形成用膜的厚度較佳為1μm以上100μm以下,更佳為5μm以上75μm以下,尤佳為5μm以上50μm以下。藉由非硬化性保護膜形成用膜的厚度為前述下限值以上,可形成保護能力更高的保護膜。另 外,藉由非硬化性保護膜形成用膜的厚度為前述上限值以下,可抑制厚度過厚。 The thickness of the film for forming a non-curable protective film is preferably 1 μm or more and 100 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm or more and 75 μm or less, and particularly preferably 5 μm or more and 50 μm or less. When the thickness of the film for forming a non-curable protective film is greater than or equal to the aforementioned lower limit, a protective film with higher protective ability can be formed. Other In addition, when the thickness of the film for forming a non-curable protective film is not more than the aforementioned upper limit, it is possible to suppress excessive thickness.

此處,所謂「非硬化性保護膜形成用膜的厚度」意指非硬化性保護膜形成用膜整體的厚度,例如,所謂由複數層構成之非硬化性保護膜形成用膜的厚度,意指構成非硬化性保護膜形成用膜之全部層的合計厚度。再者,作為非硬化性保護膜形成用膜的厚度的測定方法,例如可列舉以下方法等:於任意之5個部位使用接觸式厚度計測定厚度算出測定值之平均。 Here, the "thickness of the non-curable protective film formation film" means the thickness of the entire non-curable protective film formation film, for example, the thickness of the non-curable protective film formation film composed of multiple layers means Refers to the total thickness of all layers constituting the film for forming a non-curable protective film. In addition, as a method of measuring the thickness of the film for forming a non-curable protective film, for example, the following method can be cited: the thickness is measured at any 5 locations using a contact thickness meter, and the average of the measured values is calculated.

<<非硬化性保護膜形成用組成物>> <<Composition for forming non-curable protective film>>

非硬化性保護膜形成用膜可使用含有該膜的構成材料之非硬化性保護膜形成用組成物而形成。例如,於非硬化性保護膜形成用膜之形成對象面塗敷非硬化性保護膜形成用組成物,並視需要使非硬化性保護膜形成用組成物乾燥,藉此可於目標部位形成非硬化性保護膜形成用膜。非硬化性保護膜形成用組成物中的常溫下不會氣化的成分彼此的含量比率通常與非硬化性保護膜形成用膜中的前述成分彼此的含量比率相同。此處,所謂「常溫」如前文所說明。 The film for forming a non-curing protective film can be formed using a composition for forming a non-curing protective film containing the constituent material of the film. For example, the non-curing protective film forming composition is applied to the surface to be formed of the non-curing protective film forming film, and the composition for forming the non-curing protective film is dried as necessary to form a non-curing protective film on the target site. A film for forming a curable protective film. The content ratio of the components that do not vaporize at room temperature in the composition for forming a non-curable protective film is usually the same as the content ratio of the aforementioned components in the film for forming a non-curable protective film. Here, the so-called "normal temperature" is as explained above.

非硬化性保護膜形成用組成物之塗敷例如可利用與上述之黏著劑組成物之塗敷之情形相同的方法進行。 The coating of the composition for forming a non-curable protective film can be performed, for example, by the same method as in the case of coating the adhesive composition described above.

非硬化性保護膜形成用組成物之乾燥條件並無特別限定,於非硬化性保護膜形成用組成物含有後述溶劑之情形時,較佳為進行加熱乾燥,該情形時,較佳為於例如70℃以上130℃以下、10秒以上5分鐘以下之條件下進行乾燥。 The drying conditions of the composition for forming a non-curable protective film are not particularly limited. When the composition for forming a non-curable protective film contains a solvent described later, it is preferable to heat and dry it. In this case, it is preferably, for example, Drying is performed under the conditions of 70°C or more and 130°C or less and 10 seconds or more and 5 minutes or less.

<非硬化性保護膜形成用組成物(V-1)> <Composition for forming non-curable protective film (V-1)>

作為非硬化性保護膜形成用組成物,例如可列舉含有非硬化性成分(c)之非硬化性保護膜形成用組成物(V-1)(本說明書中,有時僅簡記為「組成物(V-1)」)等。 As a composition for forming a non-curable protective film, for example, a composition for forming a non-curable protective film containing a non-curable component (c) (V-1) (in this specification, sometimes simply referred to as "composition (V-1)”) etc.

非硬化性成分(c)為熱塑性樹脂,例如可列舉丙烯酸系聚合物等,並未限定於這些。作為前述丙烯酸系聚合物,可列舉與作為上述丙烯酸系聚合物(b-1)所例示之聚合物相同的聚合物。 The non-curable component (c) is a thermoplastic resin, for example, an acrylic polymer etc. are mentioned, but it is not limited to these. Examples of the aforementioned acrylic polymer include the same polymers as those exemplified as the aforementioned acrylic polymer (b-1).

組成物(V-1)中,除前述非硬化性成分(c)以外,亦可根據目的而含有選自由填充材料、偶合劑、交聯劑、著色劑以及通用添加劑所組成之群組中的1種或2種以上。 In the composition (V-1), in addition to the aforementioned non-curing component (c), it may also contain selected from the group consisting of fillers, coupling agents, crosslinking agents, colorants, and general additives according to the purpose. One kind or two or more kinds.

作為組成物(V-1)中的前述填充材料、偶合劑、交聯劑、著色劑及通用添加劑,可列舉分別與組成物(III-1)中的填充材料(D)、偶合劑(E)、交聯劑(F)、著色劑(I)及通用添加劑(J)相同的化合物。 As the aforementioned filler, coupling agent, crosslinking agent, colorant, and general additives in the composition (V-1), the filler (D) and the coupling agent (E) in the composition (III-1) can be used. ), the same compound as the crosslinking agent (F), coloring agent (I) and general additives (J).

組成物(V-1)中,前述填充材料、偶合劑、交聯劑、著色劑及通用添加劑可分別單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上;於併用2種以上之情形時,這些之組合及比率可任意選擇。 In the composition (V-1), the aforementioned fillers, coupling agents, crosslinking agents, colorants, and general additives may be used singly, or two or more of them may be used in combination; when two or more of these are used in combination, The combination and ratio can be chosen arbitrarily.

組成物(V-1)中的前述填充材料、偶合劑、交聯劑、著色劑及通用添加劑的含量根據目的適宜調節即可,並無特別限定。 The content of the aforementioned filler, coupling agent, crosslinking agent, coloring agent, and general additives in the composition (V-1) may be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose, and is not particularly limited.

就藉由稀釋而使組成物的操作性提高而言,組成物(V-1)較佳為進一步含有溶劑。 In terms of improving the workability of the composition by dilution, the composition (V-1) preferably further contains a solvent.

作為組成物(V-1)所含有之溶劑,例如可列舉與組成物(III-1)中的溶劑相同的溶劑。 Examples of the solvent contained in the composition (V-1) include the same solvents as the solvent in the composition (III-1).

組成物(V-1)所含有之溶劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The solvent contained in the composition (V-1) may be only one type or two or more types.

<<非硬化性保護膜形成用組成物的製造方法>> <<Method for manufacturing composition for forming non-curable protective film>>

組成物(V-1)等非硬化性保護膜形成用組成物藉由將用以構成該組成物之各成分加以調配而獲得。 The composition for forming a non-curable protective film, such as the composition (V-1), is obtained by blending each component for constituting the composition.

調配各成分時的添加順序並無特別限定,亦可同時添加2種以上之成分。 The order of addition when preparing each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added at the same time.

於使用溶劑之情形時,可藉由下述方式使用:將溶劑與溶劑以外的任一種調配成分混合而將該調配成分預先稀釋;亦可藉由下述方式使用:不將溶劑以外的任一種調 配成分預先稀釋而將溶劑與這些調配成分混合。 When a solvent is used, it can be used by the following method: mixing the solvent with any compounding component other than the solvent and diluting the compounding component in advance; it can also be used by the following method: not adding any one other than the solvent Tune The formulation components are diluted in advance and the solvent is mixed with these formulation components.

調配時混合各成分之方法並無特別限定,自以下公知的方法中適宜選擇即可:使攪拌子或攪拌翼等旋轉而進行混合之方法;使用混合機進行混合之方法;施加超音波進行混合之方法等。 The method of mixing each component during compounding is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from the following known methods: a method of mixing by rotating a stirrer or a stirring blade; a method of mixing using a mixer; mixing by applying ultrasonic waves The method and so on.

關於添加及混合各成分時的溫度及時間,只要不使各調配成分劣化,則並無特別限定,適宜調節即可,溫度較佳為15℃以上30℃以下。 The temperature and time when adding and mixing each component are not particularly limited as long as they do not deteriorate each compounding component, and may be adjusted appropriately. The temperature is preferably 15°C or higher and 30°C or lower.

本發明之一態樣中,保護膜形成用複合片依序積層有含有以下所示之成分之保護膜形成用膜、含有以下所示之成分之黏著劑層以及以下所示之構成之基材。 In one aspect of the present invention, a composite sheet for forming a protective film is sequentially laminated with a film for forming a protective film containing the components shown below, an adhesive layer containing the components shown below, and a base material with the configuration shown below .

具體而言,保護膜形成用膜含有:作為聚合物成分(A)-1之使丙烯酸甲酯85質量份以及丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯15質量份進行共聚合而成之丙烯酸系聚合物(重量平均分子量:35萬至40萬,較佳為37萬,玻璃轉移溫度:3℃至9℃,較佳為6℃)100質量份至200質量份,較佳為150質量份;作為環氧樹脂(B1)-1之雙酚A型環氧樹脂(環氧當量:180g/eq至200g/eq,較佳為184g/eq至194g/eq)50質量份至70質量份,較佳為60質量份;作為環氧樹脂(B1)-2之雙酚A型環氧樹脂(環氧當量:750g/eq至950g/eq,較佳為800g/eq至900g/eq)5質量份至15質量份,較佳為10質量份;作為環氧樹脂(B1)-3之二環戊二烯型 環氧樹脂(環氧當量:250g/eq至270g/eq,較佳為255g/eq至260g/eq)20質量份至40質量份,較佳為30質量份;作為熱硬化劑(B2)之熱活性潛伏性環氧樹脂硬化劑(二氰二胺,活性氫量:20g/eq至25g/eq,較佳為21g/eq)1質量份至3質量份,較佳為2質量份;作為硬化促進劑(C)之2-苯基-4,5-二羥基甲基咪唑1質量份至3質量份,較佳為2質量份;作為填充劑(D)之二氧化矽填料(平均粒徑:0.1μm至1μm,較佳為0.5μm)300質量份至340質量份,較佳為320質量份;作為偶合劑(E)之矽烷偶合劑1質量份至3質量份,較佳為2質量份;及作為著色劑(I)之黑色顏料16質量份至20質量份,較佳為18質量份。 Specifically, the protective film formation film contains: as the polymer component (A)-1, an acrylic polymer obtained by copolymerizing 85 parts by mass of methyl acrylate and 15 parts by mass of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (weight Average molecular weight: 350,000 to 400,000, preferably 370,000, glass transition temperature: 3°C to 9°C, preferably 6°C) 100 parts by mass to 200 parts by mass, preferably 150 parts by mass; as epoxy resin (B1)-1 Bisphenol A epoxy resin (epoxy equivalent: 180g/eq to 200g/eq, preferably 184g/eq to 194g/eq) 50 parts by mass to 70 parts by mass, preferably 60 parts by mass Parts; as epoxy resin (B1)-2 bisphenol A type epoxy resin (epoxy equivalent: 750g/eq to 950g/eq, preferably 800g/eq to 900g/eq) 5 parts by mass to 15 parts by mass , Preferably 10 parts by mass; as epoxy resin (B1)-3 dicyclopentadiene type Epoxy resin (epoxy equivalent: 250g/eq to 270g/eq, preferably 255g/eq to 260g/eq) 20 parts by mass to 40 parts by mass, preferably 30 parts by mass; as a thermosetting agent (B2) Thermally active latent epoxy resin hardener (dicyandiamine, active hydrogen amount: 20g/eq to 25g/eq, preferably 21g/eq) 1 part by mass to 3 parts by mass, preferably 2 parts by mass; Hardening accelerator (C) of 2-phenyl-4,5-dihydroxymethylimidazole is 1 part by mass to 3 parts by mass, preferably 2 parts by mass; as filler (D), silica filler (average particle size) Diameter: 0.1 μm to 1 μm, preferably 0.5 μm) 300 parts by mass to 340 parts by mass, preferably 320 parts by mass; as the coupling agent (E), the silane coupling agent is 1 part by mass to 3 parts by mass, preferably 2 Parts by mass; and 16 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass of the black pigment as the colorant (I), preferably 18 parts by mass.

具體而言,黏著劑層含有:作為丙烯酸系聚合物之使丙烯酸2-乙基己酯(2EHA)(80質量份)以及丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯(HEA)(20質量份)進行共聚合而成之重量平均分子量800000之預聚物90質量份至110質量份,較佳為100質量份;及3官能苯二甲基二異氰酸酯系交聯劑35質量份至60質量份,較佳為40質量份至50質量份。 Specifically, the adhesive layer contains: as an acrylic polymer, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA) (80 parts by mass) and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) (20 parts by mass) are copolymerized. A prepolymer with a weight average molecular weight of 800,000 is from 90 parts by mass to 110 parts by mass, preferably 100 parts by mass; and a trifunctional xylylene diisocyanate-based crosslinking agent is 35 parts by mass to 60 parts by mass, preferably 40 parts by mass. Parts by mass to 50 parts by mass.

具體而言,基材為厚度為70μm至90μm,較佳為80μm之聚丙烯製膜。再者,基材具有消光面(表面粗糙度(Ra):0.20μm至1.30μm,較佳為0.20μm至1.20μm)以及光澤面或微消光面(表面粗糙度(Ra):0.05μm至0.15μm,較佳為0.10μm至0.15μm)。 Specifically, the substrate is a polypropylene film with a thickness of 70 μm to 90 μm, preferably 80 μm. Furthermore, the substrate has a matte surface (surface roughness (Ra): 0.20 μm to 1.30 μm, preferably 0.20 μm to 1.20 μm) and a glossy surface or a slightly matte surface (surface roughness (Ra): 0.05 μm to 0.15 μm, preferably 0.10 μm to 0.15 μm).

再者,前述黏著劑層積層於基材的消光面上。 Furthermore, the aforementioned adhesive is laminated on the matte surface of the substrate.

或者,於前述基材具有消光面(表面粗糙度(Ra):0.30μm以下,較佳為0.20μm)以及光澤面或微消光面(表面粗糙度(Ra):0.05μm至0.15μm,較佳為0.10μm至0.15μm)之情形時,前述黏著劑層積層於基材的光澤面或微消光面上。 Alternatively, the aforementioned substrate has a matte surface (surface roughness (Ra): 0.30 μm or less, preferably 0.20 μm) and a glossy surface or a slightly matte surface (surface roughness (Ra): 0.05 μm to 0.15 μm, preferably In the case of 0.10 μm to 0.15 μm), the aforementioned adhesive is laminated on the glossy surface or slightly matte surface of the substrate.

另外,本發明之一態樣中,保護膜形成用複合片具有含有上述成分之保護膜形成用膜、含有以下所示之成分之黏著劑層以及上述構成之基材。 In addition, in one aspect of the present invention, the composite sheet for forming a protective film has a film for forming a protective film containing the above-mentioned components, an adhesive layer containing the components shown below, and a base material having the above-mentioned structure.

具體而言,黏著劑層含有:作為丙烯酸系聚合物之使丙烯酸2-乙基己酯(2EHA)(80質量份)以及丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯(HEA)(20質量份)進行共聚合而成之重量平均分子量800000之預聚物90質量份至110質量份,較佳為100質量份;3官能苯二甲基二異氰酸酯系交聯劑15質量份至25質量份,較佳為20質量份;及聚矽氧樹脂微粒子5質量份至15質量份,較佳為10質量份。 Specifically, the adhesive layer contains: as an acrylic polymer, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA) (80 parts by mass) and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) (20 parts by mass) are copolymerized. The prepolymer with a weight average molecular weight of 800,000 is 90 to 110 parts by mass, preferably 100 parts by mass; the trifunctional xylylene diisocyanate crosslinking agent is 15 to 25 parts by mass, preferably 20 parts by mass Parts; and 5 parts by mass to 15 parts by mass of silicone resin fine particles, preferably 10 parts by mass.

另外,本發明之一態樣中,保護膜形成用複合片具有含有上述成分之保護膜形成用膜、含有以下所示之成分之黏著劑層以及上述構成之基材。 In addition, in one aspect of the present invention, the composite sheet for forming a protective film has a film for forming a protective film containing the above-mentioned components, an adhesive layer containing the components shown below, and a base material having the above-mentioned structure.

具體而言,黏著劑層含有:作為丙烯酸系聚合物之使 丙烯酸2-乙基己酯(2EHA)(80質量份)以及丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯(HEA)(20質量份)進行共聚合而成之重量平均分子量800000之預聚物90質量份至110質量份,較佳為100質量份;3官能苯二甲基二異氰酸酯系交聯劑15質量份至25質量份,較佳為20質量份;及環氧樹脂3質量份至30質量份,較佳為5質量份至25質量份。 Specifically, the adhesive layer contains: as an acrylic polymer 2-Ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA) (80 parts by mass) and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) (20 parts by mass) copolymerized prepolymer with a weight average molecular weight of 800,000 90 parts by mass to 110 parts by mass Parts, preferably 100 parts by mass; 15 parts by mass to 25 parts by mass of trifunctional xylylene diisocyanate crosslinking agent, preferably 20 parts by mass; and 3 parts by mass to 30 parts by mass of epoxy resin, preferably It is 5 parts by mass to 25 parts by mass.

另外,本發明之一態樣中,保護膜形成用複合片具有含有上述成分之保護膜形成用膜、含有以下所示之成分之黏著劑層以及上述構成之基材。 In addition, in one aspect of the present invention, the composite sheet for forming a protective film has a film for forming a protective film containing the above-mentioned components, an adhesive layer containing the components shown below, and a base material having the above-mentioned structure.

具體而言,黏著劑層含有:作為丙烯酸系聚合物之使丙烯酸2-乙基己酯(2EHA)(80質量份)以及丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯(HEA)(20質量份)進行共聚合而成之重量平均分子量800000之預聚物90質量份至110質量份,較佳為100質量份;3官能苯二甲基二異氰酸酯系交聯劑15質量份至25質量份,較佳為20質量份;及氧化鈦系白色顏料3質量份至7質量份,較佳為5質量份。 Specifically, the adhesive layer contains: as an acrylic polymer, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA) (80 parts by mass) and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) (20 parts by mass) are copolymerized. The prepolymer with a weight average molecular weight of 800,000 is 90 to 110 parts by mass, preferably 100 parts by mass; the trifunctional xylylene diisocyanate crosslinking agent is 15 to 25 parts by mass, preferably 20 parts by mass Parts; and titanium oxide-based white pigment 3 parts by mass to 7 parts by mass, preferably 5 parts by mass.

另外,本發明之一態樣中,保護膜形成用複合片具有含有上述成分之保護膜形成用膜、含有以下所示之成分之黏著劑層以及上述構成之基材。 In addition, in one aspect of the present invention, the composite sheet for forming a protective film has a film for forming a protective film containing the above-mentioned components, an adhesive layer containing the components shown below, and a base material having the above-mentioned structure.

具體而言,黏著劑層含有:作為丙烯酸系聚合物之使 丙烯酸2-乙基己酯(2EHA)(80質量份)以及丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯(HEA)(20質量份)進行共聚合而成之重量平均分子量800000之預聚物90質量份至110質量份,較佳為100質量份;3官能苯二甲基二異氰酸酯系交聯劑15質量份至25質量份,較佳為20質量份;及丙烯酸系聚合物微粒子5質量份至15質量份,較佳為10質量份。 Specifically, the adhesive layer contains: as an acrylic polymer 2-Ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA) (80 parts by mass) and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) (20 parts by mass) copolymerized prepolymer with a weight average molecular weight of 800,000 90 parts by mass to 110 parts by mass Parts, preferably 100 parts by mass; 15 parts by mass to 25 parts by mass of the trifunctional xylylene diisocyanate crosslinking agent, preferably 20 parts by mass; and 5 parts by mass to 15 parts by mass of acrylic polymer fine particles, Preferably it is 10 parts by mass.

◇保護膜形成用複合片的製造方法 ◇Method for manufacturing composite sheet for forming protective film

前述保護膜形成用複合片可藉由將上述各層以成為對應的位置關係之方式依序積層而製造。各層的形成方法如前文所說明。 The above-mentioned composite sheet for forming a protective film can be produced by sequentially stacking the above-mentioned layers so as to have a corresponding positional relationship. The formation method of each layer is as described above.

例如,於製造保護膜形成用複合片時,於已積層於基材上之黏著劑層上,進一步積層保護膜形成用膜之情形時,可於黏著劑層上塗敷熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物、能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物、或非硬化性保護膜形成用組成物,直接形成保護膜形成用膜。如此,於使用任一種組成物,形成連續之2層之積層結構之情形時,可於由前述組成物形成之層上,進一步塗敷組成物而新形成層。但是,較佳為藉由下述方式而形成連續之2層之積層結構,亦即,於另一剝離膜上,使用前述組成物,預先形成這些2層中後積層之層,將該已形成之層中的與和前述剝離膜接觸之側為相反側的露出面,與既已形成之其餘層的露出面貼合。此時,前述組成物較佳為塗敷於剝離膜的 剝離處理面。形成積層結構後,並視需要移除剝離膜即可。 For example, when manufacturing a composite sheet for forming a protective film, in the case where a film for forming a protective film is further laminated on the adhesive layer already laminated on the base material, a thermosetting protective film can be applied to the adhesive layer. The composition, the composition for forming an energy ray curable protective film, or the composition for forming a non-curable protective film, directly form the film for forming a protective film. In this way, when any composition is used to form a continuous two-layer laminated structure, the composition can be further coated on the layer formed of the aforementioned composition to form a new layer. However, it is preferable to form a continuous two-layer laminated structure by using the aforementioned composition on another release film, and forming the latter one of these two layers in advance, and then forming the Among the layers, the exposed surface on the opposite side to the side in contact with the release film is bonded to the exposed surface of the remaining layer that has already been formed. At this time, the aforementioned composition is preferably coated on the release film Peel off the treated surface. After the build-up structure is formed, the release film can be removed as necessary.

亦即,於製造保護膜形成用複合片之情形時,於基材上塗敷黏著劑組成物,並視需要使黏著劑組成物乾燥,藉此於基材上積層黏著劑層,另行於剝離膜上塗敷熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物、能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物、或非硬化性保護膜形成用組成物,並視需要使之乾燥,藉此於剝離膜上形成保護膜形成用膜,將該保護膜形成用膜的露出面與已積層於基材上之黏著劑層的露出面貼合,從而將保護膜形成用膜積層於黏著劑層上,藉此獲得保護膜形成用複合片。 That is, in the case of manufacturing a composite sheet for forming a protective film, the adhesive composition is coated on the base material, and the adhesive composition is dried as necessary, thereby laminating the adhesive layer on the base material, separately from the release film Apply the composition for forming a thermosetting protective film, the composition for forming an energy ray curable protective film, or the composition for forming a non-curable protective film, and dry it as necessary to form a protective film on the release film Forming a film by laminating the exposed surface of the protective film forming film with the exposed surface of the adhesive layer laminated on the substrate, thereby laminating the protective film forming film on the adhesive layer to obtain a protective film Composite sheet for formation.

另一方面,於基材上積層黏著劑層之情形時,如上所述,代替於基材上塗敷黏著劑組成物之方法,於剝離膜上塗敷黏著劑組成物,並視需要使黏著劑組成物乾燥,藉此於剝離膜上形成黏著劑層,將該黏著劑層的露出面與基材的一表面貼合,藉此亦可將黏著劑層積層於基材上。 On the other hand, when the adhesive layer is laminated on the substrate, as described above, instead of applying the adhesive composition on the substrate, apply the adhesive composition on the release film and make the adhesive composition if necessary. The object is dried to form an adhesive layer on the release film, and the exposed surface of the adhesive layer is bonded to a surface of the substrate, whereby the adhesive layer can also be laminated on the substrate.

任一種方法中,均於形成目標積層結構後的任意時間點移除剝離膜即可。 In either method, it is sufficient to remove the release film at any point after the target build-up structure is formed.

如此,構成保護膜形成用複合片之基材以外的層(黏著劑層、保護膜形成用膜)均可利用以下方法進行積層,亦即,預先形成於剝離膜上,再貼合於目標層的表面,因此適宜選擇視需要採用此種步驟之層,製造保護膜形成用 複合片即可。 In this way, layers other than the base material (adhesive layer, protective film formation film) constituting the protective film forming composite sheet can be laminated by the following method, that is, preliminarily formed on the release film, and then bonded to the target layer Surface, so it is suitable to choose the layer that adopts this kind of step as necessary to make the protective film formation. The composite sheet is fine.

再者,保護膜形成用複合片通常以如下狀態保管,亦即,於該保護膜形成用複合片中的與支持片為相反側的最表層(例如,保護膜形成用膜)的表面貼合有剝離膜之狀態。因此,亦可藉由下述方式而獲得保護膜形成用複合片,亦即,於該剝離膜(較佳為該剝離膜的剝離處理面)上,塗敷熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物、能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物、或非硬化性保護膜形成用組成物等用以形成構成最表層之層之組成物,並視需要使之乾燥,藉此於剝離膜上形成構成最表層之層,於該層中的與和剝離膜接觸之側為相反側的露出面上,利用上述任一種方法積層其餘各層,不移除剝離膜而保持貼合狀態不變。 In addition, the composite sheet for forming a protective film is usually stored in a state in which the composite sheet for forming a protective film is bonded to the surface of the outermost layer (for example, the film for forming a protective film) on the side opposite to the supporting sheet in the composite sheet for forming a protective film There is a state of peeling film. Therefore, a composite sheet for forming a protective film can also be obtained by coating the release film (preferably the release-treated surface of the release film) with a composition for forming a thermosetting protective film , The composition for forming an energy-ray curable protective film, or a composition for forming a non-curable protective film, etc., used to form the composition that constitutes the outermost layer, and if necessary, dry it to form a structure on the release film For the outermost layer, on the exposed surface of the layer opposite to the side in contact with the release film, use any of the above methods to laminate the remaining layers without removing the release film and keep the attached state unchanged.

再者,本說明書中,「剝離膜」係具有剝離功能之膜,具體而言,係指為了保護貼附於半導體晶圓或支持片之前的保護膜形成用膜,而貼附於保護膜形成用膜的兩表面之膜,作業時將該剝離膜剝離而使用。 In addition, in this specification, the "release film" is a film with a peeling function, specifically, it refers to a film formed by attaching to a protective film in order to protect a film for forming a protective film before attaching to a semiconductor wafer or a support sheet. With the film on both surfaces of the film, the release film is peeled off during operation and used.

作為剝離膜,例如可使用聚乙烯膜、聚丙烯膜、聚丁烯膜、聚丁二烯膜、聚甲基戊烯膜、聚氯乙烯膜、氯乙烯共聚物膜、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯膜、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯膜、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯膜、聚胺基甲酸酯膜、乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物膜、離子聚合物樹脂膜、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物膜、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物膜、聚苯乙烯 膜、聚碳酸酯膜、聚醯亞胺膜、氟樹脂膜等透明膜。另外,亦可使用這些之交聯膜。再者,亦可為這些之積層膜。另外,可使用這些經著色之膜、不透明膜等。作為剝離劑,例如可列舉:聚矽氧系、氟系、含長鏈烷基之胺基甲酸酯等剝離劑。 As the release film, for example, polyethylene film, polypropylene film, polybutene film, polybutadiene film, polymethylpentene film, polyvinyl chloride film, vinyl chloride copolymer film, polyethylene terephthalate can be used. Diester film, polyethylene naphthalate film, polybutylene terephthalate film, polyurethane film, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer film, ionomer resin film, ethylene-(formaldehyde) Base) acrylic copolymer film, ethylene-(meth)acrylate copolymer film, polystyrene Transparent films such as films, polycarbonate films, polyimide films, and fluororesin films. In addition, these cross-linked films can also be used. Furthermore, it may also be a laminated film of these. In addition, these colored films, opaque films, etc. can be used. Examples of the release agent include release agents such as silicone-based, fluorine-based, and long-chain alkyl group-containing urethane.

剝離膜的厚度通常為10μm以上500μm以下,較佳為15μm以上300μm以下,尤佳為20μm以上250μm以下左右。 The thickness of the release film is usually 10 μm or more and 500 μm or less, preferably 15 μm or more and 300 μm or less, and particularly preferably 20 μm or more and about 250 μm or less.

此處,所謂「剝離膜的厚度」意指剝離膜整體的厚度,例如,所謂由複數層構成之剝離膜的厚度,意指構成剝離膜之全部層的合計厚度。再者,作為剝離膜的厚度的測定方法,例如可列舉以下方法等:於任意之5個部位使用接觸式厚度計測定厚度算出測定值之平均。 Here, the "thickness of the release film" means the thickness of the entire release film. For example, the thickness of the release film composed of a plurality of layers means the total thickness of all the layers constituting the release film. In addition, as a method of measuring the thickness of the release film, for example, the following method can be cited: the thickness is measured using a contact-type thickness meter at any 5 locations, and the average of the measured values is calculated.

◇保護膜形成用複合片的使用方法 ◇How to use the composite sheet for forming protective film

本實施形態之保護膜形成用複合片例如可利用以下所示之方法使用。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film of this embodiment can be used by the method shown below, for example.

亦即,將保護膜形成用複合片藉由該保護膜形成用複合片之保護膜形成用膜貼附於半導體晶圓的背面(與電極形成面為相反側的面)。繼而,對保護膜形成用膜,並視需要進行加熱或照射能量線,使保護膜形成用膜硬化而成為保護膜。或者,於為保護膜形成用膜中所含之非硬化性保護膜形成用組成物之情形時,亦可保持未硬化之狀態而用作保護膜。繼而,藉由切割,將半導體晶圓連同保護膜 一起分割而製成半導體晶片。然後,將半導體晶片,保持貼附有該保護膜之狀態(亦即,以附有保護膜之半導體晶片之形式),自支持片拉離而進行拾取。 That is, the composite sheet for protective film formation is attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer (the surface opposite to the electrode formation surface) through the protective film formation film of the composite sheet for protective film formation. Then, the film for forming a protective film is heated or irradiated with energy rays as necessary to harden the film for forming a protective film to become a protective film. Alternatively, in the case of a composition for forming a non-curable protective film contained in a film for forming a protective film, it can be used as a protective film while maintaining an uncured state. Then, by dicing, the semiconductor wafer together with the protective film Divide them together to make semiconductor wafers. Then, the semiconductor chip is kept in the state where the protective film is attached (that is, in the form of a semiconductor chip with a protective film), and is pulled away from the supporting sheet to be picked up.

以下,利用與以往的方法相同的方法,將所獲得之附有保護膜之半導體晶片的半導體晶片倒裝晶片連接於基板的電路面後,製成半導體封裝。然後,使用該半導體封裝,製作目標半導體裝置即可。 Hereinafter, using the same method as the conventional method, the obtained semiconductor wafer of the semiconductor wafer with a protective film is flip-chip connected to the circuit surface of the substrate to form a semiconductor package. Then, the semiconductor package can be used to manufacture the target semiconductor device.

再者,於將保護膜形成用膜進行加熱或照射能量線而使保護膜形成用膜硬化之情形時,如上所述,該硬化之時間點可為切割前,亦可為切割後。其中,將保護膜形成用膜進行加熱或照射能量線而使保護膜形成用膜硬化之時間點較佳為切割前。 Furthermore, when the protective film formation film is heated or irradiated with energy rays to harden the protective film formation film, as described above, the time point of the curing may be before or after cutting. Among them, the time at which the film for forming a protective film is heated or irradiated with energy rays to harden the film for forming a protective film is preferably before cutting.

另外,於將保護膜形成用膜進行加熱或照射能量線而使保護膜形成用膜硬化之情形時,雷射印字之時間點可為硬化前,亦可為硬化後。其中,於將保護膜形成用膜進行加熱而使保護膜形成用膜硬化之情形時,雷射印字之時間點較佳為硬化後。 In addition, when the protective film formation film is heated or irradiated with energy rays to harden the protective film formation film, the time of laser printing may be before or after curing. Among them, when the protective film formation film is heated to harden the protective film formation film, the time point of laser printing is preferably after curing.

[實施例] [Example]

以下,藉由具體的實施例對本發明進行更詳細的說明。但是,本發明並不受以下所示之實施例之任何限定。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail through specific embodiments. However, the present invention is not limited at all by the examples shown below.

以下表示用於製造保護膜形成用組成物之成分。 The components used to manufacture the protective film forming composition are shown below.

‧聚合物成分 ‧Polymer composition

(A)-1:使丙烯酸甲酯85質量份及丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯15質量份進行共聚合而成之丙烯酸系聚合物(重量平均分子量:37萬,玻璃轉移溫度:6℃)。 (A)-1: An acrylic polymer obtained by copolymerizing 85 parts by mass of methyl acrylate and 15 parts by mass of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (weight average molecular weight: 370,000, glass transition temperature: 6°C).

‧熱硬化性成分 ‧Thermosetting component

(B1)-1:雙酚A型環氧樹脂(三菱化學製造之jER828,環氧當量184g/eq至194g/eq)。 (B1)-1: Bisphenol A epoxy resin (jER828 manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical, epoxy equivalent 184g/eq to 194g/eq).

(B1)-2:雙酚A型環氧樹脂(三菱化學製造之jER1055,環氧當量800g/eq至900g/eq)。 (B1)-2: Bisphenol A epoxy resin (jER1055 manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical, epoxy equivalent 800g/eq to 900g/eq).

(B1)-3:二環戊二烯型環氧樹脂(大日本油墨化學工業(股)製造之Epiclon HP-7200HH,環氧當量255g/eq至260g/eq)。 (B1)-3: Dicyclopentadiene epoxy resin (Epiclon HP-7200HH manufactured by Dainippon Ink Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., epoxy equivalent 255g/eq to 260g/eq).

(B2)-1:熱活性潛伏性環氧樹脂硬化劑(二氰二胺(ADEKA製造之Adeka Hardener EH-3636AS,活性氫量21g/eq))。 (B2)-1: Thermally active latent epoxy resin hardener (dicyandiamine (Adeka Hardener EH-3636AS manufactured by ADEKA, active hydrogen amount 21g/eq)).

‧硬化促進劑 ‧ Hardening accelerator

(C)-1:2-苯基-4,5-二羥基甲基咪唑(四國化成工業公司製造之Curezol 2PHZ)。 (C)-1: 2-Phenyl-4,5-dihydroxymethylimidazole (Curezol 2PHZ manufactured by Shikoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).

‧填充劑 ‧Filling agent

(D)-1:二氧化矽填料(Admatechs製造之SC2050MA,平均粒徑0.5μm)。 (D)-1: Silica filler (SC2050MA manufactured by Admatechs, average particle size 0.5μm).

‧偶合劑 ‧Coupling agent

(E)-1:矽烷偶合劑(Nippon Unicar製造之A-1110)。 (E)-1: Silane coupling agent (A-1110 manufactured by Nippon Unicar).

‧著色劑 ‧Colorant

(I)-1:黑色顏料(大日精化公司製造)。 (I)-1: Black pigment (manufactured by Dainichi Seika Co., Ltd.).

[實施例1] [Example 1]

<保護膜形成用複合片之製造> <Manufacturing of Composite Sheet for Forming Protective Film>

(保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)之製造) (Manufacturing of protective film forming composition (III-1))

以固體重量比計,將聚合物成分(A)-1(150質量份)、熱硬化性成分(B1)-1(60質量份)、(B1)-2(10質量份)、(B1)-3(30質量份)、(B2)-1(2質量份)、硬化促進劑(C)-1(2質量份)、填充劑(D)-1(320質量份)、偶合劑(E)-1(2質量份)以及著色劑(I)-1(18質量份)溶解或分散於甲基乙基酮、甲苯及乙酸乙酯之混合溶劑中,於23℃下進行攪拌,藉此獲得熱硬化性之保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)。 In terms of solid weight ratio, polymer component (A)-1 (150 parts by mass), thermosetting component (B1)-1 (60 parts by mass), (B1)-2 (10 parts by mass), (B1) -3 (30 parts by mass), (B2)-1 (2 parts by mass), hardening accelerator (C)-1 (2 parts by mass), filler (D)-1 (320 parts by mass), coupling agent (E )-1 (2 parts by mass) and coloring agent (I)-1 (18 parts by mass) are dissolved or dispersed in a mixed solvent of methyl ethyl ketone, toluene and ethyl acetate, and stirred at 23°C, thereby A thermosetting protective film forming composition (III-1) was obtained.

(黏著劑組成物(I-4)-1之製造) (Manufacturing of Adhesive Composition (I-4)-1)

製備固形物成分濃度為30質量%之非能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物(I-4)-1,該黏著劑組成物(I-4)-1含有丙烯酸系聚合物(100質量份,固形物成分)以及3官能苯二甲基二異氰酸酯系交聯劑(三井武田化學公司製造之「Takenate D110N」)(40質量份(固形物成分)),進一步含有作為溶劑之甲基乙基酮、甲苯及乙酸乙酯之混合溶劑。前述丙烯酸系聚合物係使丙烯酸2-乙基己酯(2EHA)(80質量份)以及丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯(HEA)(20質量份)進行共聚合而成之重量平均分子量800000之預聚物。 A non-energy-ray curable adhesive composition (I-4)-1 with a solid content concentration of 30% by mass was prepared. The adhesive composition (I-4)-1 contained an acrylic polymer (100 parts by mass, Solid content) and trifunctional xylylene diisocyanate crosslinking agent ("Takenate D110N" manufactured by Mitsui Takeda Chemical Co., Ltd.) (40 parts by mass (solid content)), and further contains methyl ethyl ketone as a solvent , Toluene and ethyl acetate mixed solvent. The aforementioned acrylic polymer is prepolymerized by copolymerizing 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (2EHA) (80 parts by mass) and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) (20 parts by mass) with a weight average molecular weight of 800,000 Things.

(支持片之製造) (Support film manufacturing)

於聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯製膜的單面經聚矽氧處理進行剝離處理之剝離膜的前述剝離處理面,塗敷上述所獲得之黏著劑組成物(I-4)-1,於120℃下加熱乾燥2分鐘,藉此形成厚度15μm之非能量線硬化性之黏著劑層。 Apply the adhesive composition (I-4)-1 obtained above to the peeling-off surface of the peeling film that was peeled off by silicone treatment on one side of the polyethylene terephthalate film, and Heat and dry at 120°C for 2 minutes to form a non-energy ray-curable adhesive layer with a thickness of 15 μm.

繼而,於該黏著劑層的露出面,貼合厚度80μm之聚丙烯製膜(三菱樹脂公司製造,消光面(表面粗糙度(Ra):1.20μm)/光澤面(表面粗糙度(Ra):0.10μm)基材)的消光面,藉此製造支持片(10)-1。 Then, on the exposed surface of the adhesive layer, a polypropylene film with a thickness of 80 μm (manufactured by Mitsubishi Plastics Co., Ltd., matte surface (surface roughness (Ra): 1.20 μm)/gloss surface (surface roughness (Ra): 0.10 μm) the matte surface of the substrate), thereby manufacturing the support sheet (10)-1.

(保護膜形成用複合片之製造) (Manufacturing of composite sheet for forming protective film)

於聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯製膜的單面經聚矽氧處理進行剝離處理之剝離膜(Lintec公司製造之「SP-PET381031」厚度38μm)的前述剝離處理面,藉由刀式塗佈機塗敷上述所獲得之保護膜形成用組成物(III-1),於100℃下乾燥2分鐘,藉此製作厚度25μm之熱硬化性之保護膜形成用膜(13)-1。 On one side of the polyethylene terephthalate film, the peeling film ("SP-PET381031" made by Lintec, with a thickness of 38μm) that is peeled off by silicone treatment is applied by knife coating. The protective film-forming composition (III-1) obtained above was machine-coated and dried at 100°C for 2 minutes to produce a thermosetting protective film-forming film (13)-1 with a thickness of 25 μm.

繼而,於上述所獲得之支持片(10)-1中的黏著劑層,貼合上述所獲得之保護膜形成用膜(13)-1的露出面,製作基材、黏著劑層以及保護膜形成用膜(13)-1於這些的厚度方向上依序積層而成之保護膜形成用複合片。再者,所製作之保護膜形成用複合片中,支持片的寬度為270mm,保護膜形成用膜的外徑為210mm。 Then, the adhesive layer in the support sheet (10)-1 obtained above is bonded to the exposed surface of the protective film forming film (13)-1 obtained above to produce a base material, an adhesive layer, and a protective film The film for formation (13)-1 is a composite sheet for forming a protective film which is sequentially laminated in the thickness direction of these. Furthermore, in the produced composite sheet for forming a protective film, the width of the support sheet was 270 mm, and the outer diameter of the film for forming a protective film was 210 mm.

<支持片之評價> <Evaluation of Supporting Films>

(霧度評價) (Haze evaluation)

使用日本電色工業製造之「NDH-5000」依據JIS K 7136-2000進行測定。再者,以自支持片(10)-1剝離了剝離膜之「基材+黏著劑層」之構成進行測定。結果示於表1。 Measured using "NDH-5000" manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Industry Co., Ltd. in accordance with JIS K 7136-2000. In addition, the measurement was performed with the configuration of the "base material + adhesive layer" in which the release film was peeled from the support sheet (10)-1. The results are shown in Table 1.

(透過清晰度之評價) (Through the evaluation of clarity)

使用Suga Test Instruments(股)製造之影像清晰度測定器「ICM-10P」依據JIS K 7374-2007進行測定。將5種狹縫(狹縫寬度:0.125mm、0.25mm、0.5mm、1mm以及2mm)之合計值表示為透過清晰度。再者,以自支持片(10)-1剝離了剝離膜之「基材+黏著劑層」之構成進行測定。結果示於表1。 The measurement was performed using an image clarity measuring device "ICM-10P" manufactured by Suga Test Instruments (stock) in accordance with JIS K 7374-2007. The total value of 5 kinds of slits (slit width: 0.125mm, 0.25mm, 0.5mm, 1mm, and 2mm) is expressed as the clearness of transmission. In addition, the measurement was performed with the configuration of the "base material + adhesive layer" in which the release film was peeled from the support sheet (10)-1. The results are shown in Table 1.

<保護膜形成用複合片之評價> <Evaluation of Composite Sheet for Forming Protective Film>

(貼片機適性(對準(帶前端位置調整)之評價) (Placement machine suitability (evaluation of alignment (with front-end position adjustment))

對於所製作之保護膜形成用複合片及環狀框,針對8吋之半導體晶圓(厚度:200μm),使用Lintec製造之貼片機RAD2700,確認能否進行帶前端位置調整。結果示於表1。 For the produced composite sheet and ring frame for forming the protective film, for an 8-inch semiconductor wafer (thickness: 200μm), use the placement machine RAD2700 manufactured by Lintec to confirm whether the tape tip position can be adjusted. The results are shown in Table 1.

再者,貼片機適性的評價基準設定為如下。 In addition, the evaluation criteria for the suitability of the mounter were set as follows.

A‧‧‧能夠對準。 A‧‧‧Able to aim.

B‧‧‧未能對準。 B‧‧‧ failed to align.

(雷射印字視認性之評價) (Evaluation of the visibility of laser printing)

針對貼附於8吋之半導體晶圓之保護膜形成用膜,使用EO Technics製造之雷射印字裝置CSM300M,隔著支持片,對保護膜層進行印字,以目視進行觀察時,判定能否視認文字。印字係針對未硬化之保護膜層進行。文字尺寸設為0.3mm×0.2mm。結果示於表1。 For the protective film forming film attached to the 8-inch semiconductor wafer, the laser printing device CSM300M manufactured by EO Technics is used to print on the protective film layer through the support sheet, and when it is observed visually, it is judged whether it is visible or not. Word. Printing is performed on the uncured protective film layer. The character size is set to 0.3mm×0.2mm. The results are shown in Table 1.

再者,雷射印字視認性之評價基準設定為如下。 Furthermore, the evaluation criteria for the visibility of laser printing are set as follows.

A‧‧‧能夠視認。 A‧‧‧Able to see.

B‧‧‧略微模糊但能夠視認。 B‧‧‧Slightly blurred but visible.

C‧‧‧未能視認。 C‧‧‧ could not be recognized.

(印字文字粗度之評價) (Evaluation of the thickness of printed text)

針對貼附於8吋之半導體晶圓之保護膜形成用膜,使用紫外線照射裝置(Lintec公司製造,RAD2000m/8,照射條件:照度195mW/cm2,光量170mJ/cm2),自支持片側照射紫外線。繼而,自保護膜剝離支持片後,利用基恩士製造之光學顯微鏡觀察保護膜上的印字,測定文字的粗度。結果示於表1。 For the protective film formation film attached to the 8-inch semiconductor wafer, use an ultraviolet irradiation device (manufactured by Lintec, RAD2000m/8, irradiation conditions: illuminance 195mW/cm 2 , light intensity 170mJ/cm 2 ), irradiated from the support sheet side Ultraviolet rays. Then, after peeling off the support sheet from the protective film, the printing on the protective film was observed with an optical microscope made by KEYENCE, and the thickness of the characters was measured. The results are shown in Table 1.

[實施例2] [Example 2]

<保護膜形成用複合片之製造> <Manufacturing of Composite Sheet for Forming Protective Film>

(保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)之製造) (Manufacturing of protective film forming composition (III-1))

使用與實施例1相同的方法,獲得熱硬化性之保護膜 形成用組成物(III-1)。 Use the same method as in Example 1 to obtain a thermosetting protective film Composition for formation (III-1).

(黏著劑組成物(I-4)-2之製造) (Manufacturing of Adhesive Composition (I-4)-2)

製備固形物成分濃度為30質量%之非能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物(I-4)-2,該黏著劑組成物(I-4)-2含有丙烯酸系聚合物(100質量份,固形物成分)以及3官能苯二甲基二異氰酸酯系交聯劑(三井武田化學公司製造之「Takenate D110N」)(50質量份(固形物成分)),進一步含有作為溶劑之甲基乙基酮。前述丙烯酸系聚合物係使2EHA(80質量份)以及HEA(20質量份)進行共聚合而成之重量平均分子量800000之預聚物。 A non-energy-ray-curable adhesive composition (I-4)-2 with a solid content concentration of 30% by mass was prepared. The adhesive composition (I-4)-2 contained an acrylic polymer (100 parts by mass, Solid content) and trifunctional xylylene diisocyanate crosslinking agent ("Takenate D110N" manufactured by Mitsui Takeda Chemical Co., Ltd.) (50 parts by mass (solid content)), and further contains methyl ethyl ketone as a solvent . The aforementioned acrylic polymer is a prepolymer with a weight average molecular weight of 800,000 obtained by copolymerizing 2EHA (80 parts by mass) and HEA (20 parts by mass).

(支持片之製造) (Support film manufacturing)

使用黏著劑組成物(I-4)-2代替黏著劑組成物(I-4)-1,除此以外,使用與實施例1相同的方法,獲得支持片(10)-2。 Except that the adhesive composition (I-4)-2 was used instead of the adhesive composition (I-4)-1, the same method as in Example 1 was used to obtain a support sheet (10)-2.

(保護膜形成用複合片之製造) (Manufacturing of composite sheet for forming protective film)

使用支持片(10)-2代替支持片(10)-1,除此以外,使用與實施例1相同的方法,製作保護膜形成用複合片。 The supporting sheet (10)-2 was used instead of the supporting sheet (10)-1, except that the same method as in Example 1 was used to produce a composite sheet for forming a protective film.

<支持片之評價> <Evaluation of Supporting Films>

使用與實施例1相同的方法,評價霧度及透過清晰度。結果示於表1。 The same method as in Example 1 was used to evaluate the haze and clarity of transmission. The results are shown in Table 1.

<保護膜形成用複合片之評價> <Evaluation of Composite Sheet for Forming Protective Film>

使用與實施例1相同的方法,評價貼片機適性、雷射印字視認性及印字文字粗度。結果示於表1。 Using the same method as in Example 1, the applicability of the mounter, the visibility of laser printing, and the thickness of printed characters were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 1.

[實施例3] [Example 3]

<保護膜形成用複合片之製造> <Manufacturing of Composite Sheet for Forming Protective Film>

(保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)之製造) (Manufacturing of protective film forming composition (III-1))

使用與實施例1相同的方法,獲得熱硬化性之保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)。 The same method as in Example 1 was used to obtain a thermosetting protective film forming composition (III-1).

(黏著劑組成物(I-4)-1之製造) (Manufacturing of Adhesive Composition (I-4)-1)

使用與實施例1相同的方法,獲得黏著劑組成物(I-4)-1。 Using the same method as in Example 1, an adhesive composition (I-4)-1 was obtained.

(支持片之製造) (Support film manufacturing)

於黏著劑層的露出面,貼合厚度80μm之聚丙烯製膜(Gunze公司製造,消光面(表面粗糙度(Ra):0.20μm)/微消光面(表面粗糙度(Ra):0.15μm)基材)的消光面,代替厚度80μm之聚丙烯製膜(三菱樹脂公司製造,消光面(表面粗糙度(Ra):1.20μm)/光澤面(表面粗糙度(Ra):0.10μm)基材)的消光面,除此以外,使用與實施例1相同的方法,製造支持片(10)-3。 On the exposed surface of the adhesive layer, a polypropylene film with a thickness of 80μm (manufactured by Gunze, matte surface (surface roughness (Ra): 0.20μm)/slightly matte surface (surface roughness (Ra): 0.15μm) was laminated on the exposed surface of the adhesive layer The matte surface of the substrate, instead of a polypropylene film with a thickness of 80μm (manufactured by Mitsubishi Plastics, matte surface (surface roughness (Ra): 1.20 μm)/gloss surface (surface roughness (Ra): 0.10 μm) substrate Except for the matte surface of ), the same method as in Example 1 was used to produce a support sheet (10)-3.

(保護膜形成用複合片之製造) (Manufacturing of composite sheet for forming protective film)

使用支持片(10)-3代替支持片(10)-1,除此以外,使用與實施例1相同的方法,製作保護膜形成用複合片。 The support sheet (10)-3 was used instead of the support sheet (10)-1, except that the same method as in Example 1 was used to produce a composite sheet for forming a protective film.

<支持片之評價> <Evaluation of Supporting Films>

使用與實施例1相同的方法,評價霧度及透過清晰度。結果示於表1。 The same method as in Example 1 was used to evaluate the haze and clarity of transmission. The results are shown in Table 1.

<保護膜形成用複合片之評價> <Evaluation of Composite Sheet for Forming Protective Film>

使用與實施例1相同的方法,評價貼片機適性、雷射印字視認性及印字文字粗度。結果示於表1。 Using the same method as in Example 1, the applicability of the mounter, the visibility of laser printing, and the thickness of printed characters were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 1.

[實施例4] [Example 4]

(保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)之製造) (Manufacturing of protective film forming composition (III-1))

使用與實施例1相同的方法,獲得熱硬化性之保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)。 The same method as in Example 1 was used to obtain a thermosetting protective film forming composition (III-1).

(黏著劑組成物(I-4)-3之製造) (Manufacture of adhesive composition (I-4)-3)

製備固形物成分濃度為30質量%之非能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物(I-4)-3,該黏著劑組成物(I-4)-3含有丙烯酸系聚合物(100質量份,固形物成分)、3官能苯二甲基二異氰酸酯系交聯劑(三井武田化學公司製造之「Takenate D110N」)(20質量份(固形物成分))以及聚矽氧樹脂微粒子(Tanac公司製造之「Tospearl 145」)(10質量份(固形物成 分)),進一步含有作為溶劑之甲基乙基酮。前述丙烯酸系聚合物係使2EHA(80質量份)以及HEA(20質量份)進行共聚合而成之重量平均分子量800000之預聚物。 A non-energy-ray-curable adhesive composition (I-4)-3 with a solid content concentration of 30% by mass was prepared. The adhesive composition (I-4)-3 contained an acrylic polymer (100 parts by mass, Solid content), trifunctional xylylene diisocyanate crosslinking agent ("Takenate D110N" manufactured by Mitsui Takeda Chemical Co., Ltd.) (20 parts by mass (solid content)), and silicone resin particles (manufactured by Tanac) "Tospearl 145") (10 parts by mass (solid )), further containing methyl ethyl ketone as a solvent. The aforementioned acrylic polymer is a prepolymer with a weight average molecular weight of 800,000 obtained by copolymerizing 2EHA (80 parts by mass) and HEA (20 parts by mass).

(支持片之製造) (Support film manufacturing)

使用黏著劑組成物(I-4)-3代替黏著劑組成物(I-4)-1,除此以外,使用與實施例1相同的方法,獲得支持片(10)-4。 Except that the adhesive composition (I-4)-3 was used instead of the adhesive composition (I-4)-1, the same method as in Example 1 was used to obtain a support sheet (10)-4.

(保護膜形成用複合片之製造) (Manufacturing of composite sheet for forming protective film)

使用支持片(10)-4代替支持片(10)-1,除此以外,使用與實施例1相同的方法,製作保護膜形成用複合片。 The support sheet (10)-4 was used instead of the support sheet (10)-1, except that the same method as in Example 1 was used to produce a composite sheet for forming a protective film.

<支持片之評價> <Evaluation of Supporting Films>

使用與實施例1相同的方法,評價霧度及透過清晰度。結果示於表1。 The same method as in Example 1 was used to evaluate the haze and clarity of transmission. The results are shown in Table 1.

<保護膜形成用複合片之評價> <Evaluation of Composite Sheet for Forming Protective Film>

使用與實施例1相同的方法,評價貼片機適性、雷射印字視認性及印字文字粗度。結果示於表1。 Using the same method as in Example 1, the applicability of the mounter, the visibility of laser printing, and the thickness of printed characters were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 1.

[實施例5] [Example 5]

(保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)之製造) (Manufacturing of protective film forming composition (III-1))

使用與實施例1相同的方法,獲得熱硬化性之保護膜 形成用組成物(III-1)。 Use the same method as in Example 1 to obtain a thermosetting protective film Composition for formation (III-1).

(黏著劑組成物(I-1)-1之製造) (Manufacturing of Adhesive Composition (I-1)-1)

製備固形物成分濃度為30質量%之能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物(I-1)-1,該黏著劑組成物(I-1)-1含有丙烯酸系聚合物(100質量份,固形物成分)、3官能苯二甲基二異氰酸酯系交聯劑(三井武田化學公司製造之「Takenate D110N」)(20質量份(固形物成分))以及環氧樹脂(三菱化學公司製造之「JER834」)(25質量份(固形物成分)),進一步含有作為溶劑之甲基乙基酮。前述丙烯酸系聚合物係使2EHA(80質量份)以及HEA(20質量份)進行共聚合而成之重量平均分子量800000之預聚物。 Prepare an energy-ray curable adhesive composition (I-1)-1 with a solid content of 30% by mass. The adhesive composition (I-1)-1 contains an acrylic polymer (100 parts by mass, solid Component), trifunctional xylylene diisocyanate-based crosslinking agent ("Takenate D110N" manufactured by Mitsui Takeda Chemical Co., Ltd.) (20 parts by mass (solid content)), and epoxy resin ("JER834 manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd." ") (25 parts by mass (solid content)), further containing methyl ethyl ketone as a solvent. The aforementioned acrylic polymer is a prepolymer with a weight average molecular weight of 800,000 obtained by copolymerizing 2EHA (80 parts by mass) and HEA (20 parts by mass).

(支持片之製造) (Support film manufacturing)

使用黏著劑組成物(I-1)-1代替黏著劑組成物(I-4)-1,除此以外,使用與實施例1相同的方法,獲得支持片(10)-5。 Except that the adhesive composition (I-1)-1 was used instead of the adhesive composition (I-4)-1, the same method as in Example 1 was used to obtain a support sheet (10)-5.

(保護膜形成用複合片之製造) (Manufacturing of composite sheet for forming protective film)

使用支持片(10)-5代替支持片(10)-1,除此以外,使用與實施例1相同的方法,製作保護膜形成用複合片。 The support sheet (10)-5 was used instead of the support sheet (10)-1, except that the same method as in Example 1 was used to produce a composite sheet for forming a protective film.

<支持片之評價> <Evaluation of Supporting Films>

使用與實施例1相同的方法,評價霧度及透過清晰 度。結果示於表1。 Using the same method as in Example 1, evaluate the haze and clarity of transmission Spend. The results are shown in Table 1.

<保護膜形成用複合片之評價> <Evaluation of Composite Sheet for Forming Protective Film>

使用與實施例1相同的方法,評價貼片機適性、雷射印字視認性及印字文字粗度。結果示於表1。 Using the same method as in Example 1, the applicability of the mounter, the visibility of laser printing, and the thickness of printed characters were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 1.

[實施例6] [Example 6]

(保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)之製造) (Manufacturing of protective film forming composition (III-1))

使用與實施例1相同的方法,獲得熱硬化性之保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)。 The same method as in Example 1 was used to obtain a thermosetting protective film forming composition (III-1).

(黏著劑組成物(I-1)-2之製造) (Manufacturing of Adhesive Composition (I-1)-2)

製備固形物成分濃度為30質量%之能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物(I-1)-2,該黏著劑組成物(I-1)-2含有丙烯酸系聚合物(100質量份,固形物成分)、3官能苯二甲基二異氰酸酯系交聯劑(三井武田化學公司製造之「Takenate D110N」)(20質量份(固形物成分))以及環氧樹脂(三菱化學公司製造之「JER1055」)(5質量份(固形物成分)),進一步含有作為溶劑之甲基乙基酮。前述丙烯酸系聚合物係使2EHA(80質量份)以及HEA(20質量份)進行共聚合而成之重量平均分子量800000之預聚物。 Prepare an energy-ray curable adhesive composition (I-1)-2 with a solid content of 30% by mass. The adhesive composition (I-1)-2 contains an acrylic polymer (100 parts by mass, solid Component), trifunctional xylylene diisocyanate-based crosslinking agent ("Takenate D110N" manufactured by Mitsui Takeda Chemical Co., Ltd.) (20 parts by mass (solid content)), and epoxy resin ("JER1055 manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Co., Ltd." ") (5 parts by mass (solid content)), further containing methyl ethyl ketone as a solvent. The aforementioned acrylic polymer is a prepolymer with a weight average molecular weight of 800,000 obtained by copolymerizing 2EHA (80 parts by mass) and HEA (20 parts by mass).

(支持片之製造) (Support film manufacturing)

使用黏著劑組成物(I-1)-2代替黏著劑組成物(I-4)-1, 除此以外,使用與實施例1相同的方法,獲得支持片(10)-6。 Use adhesive composition (I-1)-2 instead of adhesive composition (I-4)-1, Except for this, the same method as in Example 1 was used to obtain a supporting sheet (10)-6.

(保護膜形成用複合片之製造) (Manufacturing of composite sheet for forming protective film)

使用支持片(10)-6代替支持片(10)-1,除此以外,使用與實施例1相同的方法,製作保護膜形成用複合片。 The support sheet (10)-6 was used instead of the support sheet (10)-1, except that the same method as in Example 1 was used to produce a composite sheet for forming a protective film.

<支持片之評價> <Evaluation of Supporting Films>

使用與實施例1相同的方法,評價霧度及透過清晰度。結果示於表1。 The same method as in Example 1 was used to evaluate the haze and clarity of transmission. The results are shown in Table 1.

<保護膜形成用複合片之評價> <Evaluation of Composite Sheet for Forming Protective Film>

使用與實施例1相同的方法,評價貼片機適性、雷射印字視認性及印字文字粗度。結果示於表1。 Using the same method as in Example 1, the applicability of the mounter, the visibility of laser printing, and the thickness of printed characters were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 1.

[實施例7] [Example 7]

(保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)之製造) (Manufacturing of protective film forming composition (III-1))

使用與實施例1相同的方法,獲得熱硬化性之保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)。 The same method as in Example 1 was used to obtain a thermosetting protective film forming composition (III-1).

(黏著劑組成物(I-4)-4之製造) (Manufacturing of Adhesive Composition (I-4)-4)

製備固形物成分濃度為30質量%之非能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物(I-4)-4,該黏著劑組成物(I-4)-4含有丙烯酸系聚合物(100質量份,固形物成分)、3官能苯二甲基 二異氰酸酯系交聯劑(三井武田化學公司製造之「Takenate D110N」)(20質量份(固形物成分))以及氧化鈦系白色顏料(大日精化公司製造之「N-DYM8054」)(5質量份(固形物成分)),進一步含有作為溶劑之甲基乙基酮。前述丙烯酸系聚合物係使2EHA(80質量份)以及HEA(20質量份)進行共聚合而成之重量平均分子量800000之預聚物。 A non-energy-ray-curable adhesive composition (I-4)-4 with a solid content concentration of 30% by mass was prepared. The adhesive composition (I-4)-4 contained an acrylic polymer (100 parts by mass, Solid content), trifunctional xylylene Diisocyanate-based crosslinking agent ("Takenate D110N" manufactured by Mitsui Takeda Chemical Co., Ltd.) (20 parts by mass (solid content)) and titanium oxide-based white pigment ("N-DYM8054" manufactured by Dainichi Seika Co., Ltd.) (5 mass parts) Parts (solid content)), further containing methyl ethyl ketone as a solvent. The aforementioned acrylic polymer is a prepolymer with a weight average molecular weight of 800,000 obtained by copolymerizing 2EHA (80 parts by mass) and HEA (20 parts by mass).

(支持片之製造) (Support film manufacturing)

使用黏著劑組成物(I-4)-4代替黏著劑組成物(I-4)-1,除此以外,使用與實施例1相同的方法,獲得支持片(10)-7。 Except that the adhesive composition (I-4)-4 was used instead of the adhesive composition (I-4)-1, the same method as in Example 1 was used to obtain a support sheet (10)-7.

(保護膜形成用複合片之製造) (Manufacturing of composite sheet for forming protective film)

使用支持片(10)-7代替支持片(10)-1,除此以外,使用與實施例1相同的方法,製作保護膜形成用複合片。 The support sheet (10)-7 was used instead of the support sheet (10)-1, except that the same method as in Example 1 was used to produce a composite sheet for forming a protective film.

<支持片之評價> <Evaluation of Supporting Films>

使用與實施例1相同的方法,評價霧度及透過清晰度。結果示於表1。 The same method as in Example 1 was used to evaluate the haze and clarity of transmission. The results are shown in Table 1.

<保護膜形成用複合片之評價> <Evaluation of Composite Sheet for Forming Protective Film>

使用與實施例1相同的方法,評價貼片機適性、雷射印字視認性及印字文字粗度。結果示於表1。 Using the same method as in Example 1, the applicability of the mounter, the visibility of laser printing, and the thickness of printed characters were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 1.

[實施例8] [Example 8]

(保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)之製造) (Manufacturing of protective film forming composition (III-1))

使用與實施例1相同的方法,獲得熱硬化性之保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)。 The same method as in Example 1 was used to obtain a thermosetting protective film forming composition (III-1).

(黏著劑組成物(I-4)-5之製造) (Manufacturing of Adhesive Composition (I-4)-5)

製備固形物成分濃度為30質量%之非能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物(I-4)-5,該黏著劑組成物(I-4)-5含有丙烯酸系聚合物(100質量份,固形物成分)、3官能苯二甲基二異氰酸酯系交聯劑(三井武田化學公司製造之「Takenate D110N」)(20質量份(固形物成分))以及丙烯酸系聚合物微粒子(大日精化公司製造之「215(MD)White」)(10質量份(固形物成分)),進一步含有作為溶劑之甲基乙基酮。前述丙烯酸系聚合物係使2EHA(80質量份)以及HEA(20質量份)進行共聚合而成之重量平均分子量800000之預聚物。 A non-energy-ray-curable adhesive composition (I-4)-5 with a solid content concentration of 30% by mass was prepared, and the adhesive composition (I-4)-5 contained an acrylic polymer (100 parts by mass, Solid content), trifunctional xylylene diisocyanate-based crosslinking agent ("Takenate D110N" manufactured by Mitsui Takeda Chemical Co., Ltd.) (20 parts by mass (solid content)), and acrylic polymer particles (Dainichi Seika Co., Ltd.) The manufactured "215 (MD) White") (10 parts by mass (solid content)) further contains methyl ethyl ketone as a solvent. The aforementioned acrylic polymer is a prepolymer with a weight average molecular weight of 800,000 obtained by copolymerizing 2EHA (80 parts by mass) and HEA (20 parts by mass).

(支持片之製造) (Support film manufacturing)

使用黏著劑組成物(I-4)-5代替黏著劑組成物(I-4)-1,除此以外,使用與實施例1相同的方法,獲得支持片(10)-8。 Except that the adhesive composition (I-4)-5 was used instead of the adhesive composition (I-4)-1, the same method as in Example 1 was used to obtain a support sheet (10)-8.

(保護膜形成用複合片之製造) (Manufacturing of composite sheet for forming protective film)

使用支持片(10)-8代替支持片(10)-1,除此以外,使用與實施例1相同的方法,製作保護膜形成用複合片。 The support sheet (10)-8 was used instead of the support sheet (10)-1, except that the same method as in Example 1 was used to produce a composite sheet for forming a protective film.

<支持片之評價> <Evaluation of Supporting Films>

使用與實施例1相同的方法,評價霧度及透過清晰度。結果示於表1。 The same method as in Example 1 was used to evaluate the haze and clarity of transmission. The results are shown in Table 1.

<保護膜形成用複合片之評價> <Evaluation of Composite Sheet for Forming Protective Film>

使用與實施例1相同的方法,評價貼片機適性、雷射印字視認性及印字文字粗度。結果示於表1。 Using the same method as in Example 1, the applicability of the mounter, the visibility of laser printing, and the thickness of printed characters were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 1.

[實施例9] [Example 9]

(保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)之製造) (Manufacturing of protective film forming composition (III-1))

使用與實施例1相同的方法,獲得熱硬化性之保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)。 The same method as in Example 1 was used to obtain a thermosetting protective film forming composition (III-1).

(黏著劑組成物(I-4)-2之製造) (Manufacturing of Adhesive Composition (I-4)-2)

使用與實施例2相同的方法,製備固形物成分濃度為30質量%之非能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物(I-4)-2。 Using the same method as in Example 2, a non-energy ray-curable adhesive composition (I-4)-2 with a solid content concentration of 30% by mass was prepared.

(支持片之製造) (Support film manufacturing)

使用黏著劑組成物(I-4)-2代替黏著劑組成物(I-4)-1,於黏著劑層的露出面,貼合厚度80μm之聚丙烯製膜(Gunze公司製造,消光面(表面粗糙度(Ra):0.20μm)/微消光面(表面粗糙度(Ra):0.15μm)基材)的消光面,代替厚度80μm之聚丙烯製膜(三菱樹脂公司製造,消光面(表 面粗糙度(Ra):1.20μm)/光澤面(表面粗糙度(Ra):0.10μm)基材)的消光面,除此以外,使用與實施例1相同的方法,獲得支持片(10)-9。 Using adhesive composition (I-4)-2 instead of adhesive composition (I-4)-1, on the exposed surface of the adhesive layer, a polypropylene film with a thickness of 80μm (manufactured by Gunze Co., matte surface ( Surface roughness (Ra): 0.20μm)/slight matte surface (surface roughness (Ra): 0.15μm) matte surface, instead of 80μm thick polypropylene film (manufactured by Mitsubishi Plastics, matte surface (table) Surface roughness (Ra): 1.20 μm)/glossy surface (surface roughness (Ra): 0.10 μm) matte surface, except that the same method as in Example 1 was used to obtain a support sheet (10) -9.

(保護膜形成用複合片之製造) (Manufacturing of composite sheet for forming protective film)

使用支持片(10)-9代替支持片(10)-1,除此以外,使用與實施例1相同的方法,製作保護膜形成用複合片。 The support sheet (10)-9 was used instead of the support sheet (10)-1, except that the same method as in Example 1 was used to produce a composite sheet for forming a protective film.

<支持片之評價> <Evaluation of Supporting Films>

使用與實施例1相同的方法,評價霧度及透過清晰度。結果示於表1。 The same method as in Example 1 was used to evaluate the haze and clarity of transmission. The results are shown in Table 1.

<保護膜形成用複合片之評價> <Evaluation of Composite Sheet for Forming Protective Film>

使用與實施例1相同的方法,評價貼片機適性、雷射印字視認性及印字文字粗度。結果示於表1。 Using the same method as in Example 1, the applicability of the mounter, the visibility of laser printing, and the thickness of printed characters were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 1.

[實施例10] [Example 10]

(保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)之製造) (Manufacturing of protective film forming composition (III-1))

使用與實施例1相同的方法,獲得熱硬化性之保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)。 The same method as in Example 1 was used to obtain a thermosetting protective film forming composition (III-1).

(黏著劑組成物(I-4)-2之製造) (Manufacturing of Adhesive Composition (I-4)-2)

使用與實施例2相同的方法,製備固形物成分濃度為30質量%之非能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物(I-4)-2。 Using the same method as in Example 2, a non-energy ray-curable adhesive composition (I-4)-2 with a solid content concentration of 30% by mass was prepared.

(支持片之製造) (Support film manufacturing)

使用黏著劑組成物(I-4)-2代替黏著劑組成物(I-4)-1,於黏著劑層的露出面,貼合厚度80μm之聚丙烯製膜(Gunze公司製造,消光面(表面粗糙度(Ra):0.20μm)/微消光面(表面粗糙度(Ra):0.15μm)基材)的微消光面,代替厚度80μm之聚丙烯製膜(三菱樹脂公司製造,消光面(表面粗糙度(Ra):1.20μm)/光澤面(表面粗糙度(Ra):0.10μm)基材)的消光面,除此以外,使用與實施例1相同的方法,獲得支持片(10)-10。 Using adhesive composition (I-4)-2 instead of adhesive composition (I-4)-1, on the exposed surface of the adhesive layer, a polypropylene film with a thickness of 80μm (manufactured by Gunze Co., matte surface ( Surface roughness (Ra): 0.20μm)/Micro matte surface (surface roughness (Ra): 0.15μm) substrate), instead of a polypropylene film with a thickness of 80μm (made by Mitsubishi Plastics, matte surface ( Except for the matte surface of the surface roughness (Ra): 1.20 μm)/glossy surface (surface roughness (Ra): 0.10 μm) substrate), the same method as in Example 1 was used to obtain a support sheet (10) -10.

(保護膜形成用複合片之製造) (Manufacturing of composite sheet for forming protective film)

使用支持片(10)-10代替支持片(10)-1,除此以外,使用與實施例1相同的方法,製作保護膜形成用複合片。 The support sheet (10)-10 was used instead of the support sheet (10)-1, except that the same method as in Example 1 was used to produce a composite sheet for forming a protective film.

<支持片之評價> <Evaluation of Supporting Films>

使用與實施例1相同的方法,評價霧度及透過清晰度。結果示於表1。 The same method as in Example 1 was used to evaluate the haze and clarity of transmission. The results are shown in Table 1.

<保護膜形成用複合片之評價> <Evaluation of Composite Sheet for Forming Protective Film>

使用與實施例1相同的方法,評價貼片機適性、雷射印字視認性及印字文字粗度。結果示於表1。 Using the same method as in Example 1, the applicability of the mounter, the visibility of laser printing, and the thickness of printed characters were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 1.

[比較例1] [Comparative Example 1]

(保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)之製造) (Manufacturing of protective film forming composition (III-1))

使用與實施例1相同的方法,獲得熱硬化性之保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)。 The same method as in Example 1 was used to obtain a thermosetting protective film forming composition (III-1).

(黏著劑組成物(I-4)-1之製造) (Manufacturing of Adhesive Composition (I-4)-1)

使用與實施例1相同的方法,獲得黏著劑組成物(I-4)-1。 Using the same method as in Example 1, an adhesive composition (I-4)-1 was obtained.

(支持片之製造) (Support film manufacturing)

形成厚度10μm之非能量線硬化性之黏著劑層,代替厚度15μm之該層,除此以外,使用與實施例1相同的方法,製造支持片(10)-11。 Except that a non-energy-ray-curable adhesive layer with a thickness of 10 μm was formed instead of the layer with a thickness of 15 μm, the same method as in Example 1 was used to manufacture the support sheet (10)-11.

(保護膜形成用複合片之製造) (Manufacturing of composite sheet for forming protective film)

使用支持片(10)-11代替支持片(10)-1,除此以外,使用與實施例1相同的方法,製作保護膜形成用複合片。 The support sheet (10)-11 was used instead of the support sheet (10)-1, except that the same method as in Example 1 was used to produce a composite sheet for forming a protective film.

<支持片之評價> <Evaluation of Supporting Films>

使用與實施例1相同的方法,評價霧度及透過清晰度。結果示於表1。 The same method as in Example 1 was used to evaluate the haze and clarity of transmission. The results are shown in Table 1.

<保護膜形成用複合片之評價> <Evaluation of Composite Sheet for Forming Protective Film>

使用與實施例1相同的方法,評價貼片機適性、雷射印字視認性及印字文字粗度。結果示於表1。 Using the same method as in Example 1, the applicability of the mounter, the visibility of laser printing, and the thickness of printed characters were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 1.

[比較例2] [Comparative Example 2]

(保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)之製造) (Manufacturing of protective film forming composition (III-1))

使用與實施例1相同的方法,獲得熱硬化性之保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)。 The same method as in Example 1 was used to obtain a thermosetting protective film forming composition (III-1).

(黏著劑組成物(I-4)-6之製造) (Manufacture of adhesive composition (I-4)-6)

製備固形物成分濃度為30質量%之非能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物(I-4)-6,該非能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物(I-4)-6含有丙烯酸系聚合物(100質量份,固形物成分)以及3官能苯二甲基二異氰酸酯系交聯劑(三井武田化學公司製造之「Takenate D110N」)(30質量份(固形物成分)),進一步含有作為溶劑之甲基乙基酮。前述丙烯酸系聚合物係使2EHA(80質量份)以及HEA(20質量份)進行共聚合而成之重量平均分子量800000之預聚物。 Prepare a non-energy-ray-curable adhesive composition (I-4)-6 with a solid content concentration of 30% by mass. The non-energy-ray-curable adhesive composition (I-4)-6 contains an acrylic polymer (100 parts by mass, solid content) and trifunctional xylylene diisocyanate-based crosslinking agent ("Takenate D110N" manufactured by Mitsui Takeda Chemical Co., Ltd.) (30 parts by mass (solid content)), and further contains as a solvent Methyl ethyl ketone. The aforementioned acrylic polymer is a prepolymer with a weight average molecular weight of 800,000 obtained by copolymerizing 2EHA (80 parts by mass) and HEA (20 parts by mass).

(支持片之製造) (Support film manufacturing)

使用黏著劑組成物(I-4)-6代替黏著劑組成物(I-4)-1,除此以外,使用與實施例1相同的方法,獲得支持片(10)-12。 Except for using adhesive composition (I-4)-6 instead of adhesive composition (I-4)-1, the same method as in Example 1 was used to obtain a support sheet (10)-12.

(保護膜形成用複合片之製造) (Manufacturing of composite sheet for forming protective film)

使用支持片(10)-12代替支持片(10)-1,除此以外,使用與實施例1相同的方法,製作保護膜形成用複合片。 The support sheet (10)-12 was used instead of the support sheet (10)-1, except that the same method as in Example 1 was used to produce a composite sheet for forming a protective film.

<支持片之評價> <Evaluation of Supporting Films>

使用與實施例1相同的方法,評價霧度及透過清晰度。結果示於表1。 The same method as in Example 1 was used to evaluate the haze and clarity of transmission. The results are shown in Table 1.

<保護膜形成用複合片之評價> <Evaluation of Composite Sheet for Forming Protective Film>

使用與實施例1相同的方法,評價貼片機適性、雷射印字視認性及印字文字粗度。結果示於表1。 Using the same method as in Example 1, the applicability of the mounter, the visibility of laser printing, and the thickness of printed characters were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 1.

[比較例3] [Comparative Example 3]

(保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)之製造) (Manufacturing of protective film forming composition (III-1))

使用與實施例1相同的方法,獲得熱硬化性之保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)。 The same method as in Example 1 was used to obtain a thermosetting protective film forming composition (III-1).

(黏著劑組成物(I-4)-7之製造) (Manufacture of adhesive composition (I-4)-7)

製備固形物成分濃度為30質量%之非能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物(I-4)-7,該黏著劑組成物(I-4)-7含有丙烯酸系聚合物(100質量份,固形物成分)以及3官能苯二甲基二異氰酸酯系交聯劑(三井武田化學公司製造之「Takenate D110N」)(5質量份(固形物成分)),進一步含有作為溶劑之甲基乙基酮。前述丙烯酸系聚合物係使2EHA(80質量份)以及HEA(20質量份)進行共聚合而成之重量平均分子量800000之預聚物。 A non-energy-ray-curable adhesive composition (I-4)-7 with a solid content concentration of 30% by mass was prepared. The adhesive composition (I-4)-7 contained an acrylic polymer (100 parts by mass, Solid content) and trifunctional xylylene diisocyanate crosslinking agent ("Takenate D110N" manufactured by Mitsui Takeda Chemical Co., Ltd.) (5 parts by mass (solid content)), and further contains methyl ethyl ketone as a solvent . The aforementioned acrylic polymer is a prepolymer with a weight average molecular weight of 800,000 obtained by copolymerizing 2EHA (80 parts by mass) and HEA (20 parts by mass).

(支持片之製造) (Support film manufacturing)

於聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯製膜的單面經聚矽氧處理進行剝離處理之剝離膜的前述剝離處理面,塗敷上述所獲得之黏著劑組成物(I-4)-7,於120℃下加熱乾燥2分鐘,藉此形成厚度5μm之非能量線硬化性之黏著劑層。 The adhesive composition (I-4)-7 obtained above was applied to the peeling treatment surface of the peeling film on one side of the polyethylene terephthalate film that was peeled off by the silicone treatment. Heat and dry at 120°C for 2 minutes to form a non-energy ray-curable adhesive layer with a thickness of 5 μm.

繼而,於該黏著劑層的露出面,貼合厚度80μm之聚丙烯製膜(三菱樹脂公司製造,消光面(表面粗糙度(Ra):0.50μm)/光澤面(表面粗糙度(Ra):0.10μm)基材)的光澤面,藉此製造支持片(10)-13。 Then, on the exposed surface of the adhesive layer, a polypropylene film with a thickness of 80 μm (manufactured by Mitsubishi Plastics Co., Ltd., matte surface (surface roughness (Ra): 0.50 μm)/gloss surface (surface roughness (Ra): 0.10 μm) the glossy surface of the substrate), thereby manufacturing the support sheet (10)-13.

(保護膜形成用複合片之製造) (Manufacturing of composite sheet for forming protective film)

使用支持片(10)-13代替支持片(10)-1,除此以外,使用與實施例1相同的方法,製作保護膜形成用複合片。 The support sheet (10)-13 was used instead of the support sheet (10)-1, except that the same method as in Example 1 was used to produce a composite sheet for forming a protective film.

<支持片之評價> <Evaluation of Supporting Films>

使用與實施例1相同的方法,評價霧度及透過清晰度。結果示於表1。 The same method as in Example 1 was used to evaluate the haze and clarity of transmission. The results are shown in Table 1.

<保護膜形成用複合片之評價> <Evaluation of Composite Sheet for Forming Protective Film>

使用與實施例1相同的方法,評價貼片機適性、雷射印字視認性及印字文字粗度。結果示於表1。 Using the same method as in Example 1, the applicability of the mounter, the visibility of laser printing, and the thickness of printed characters were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 1.

[比較例4] [Comparative Example 4]

(保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)之製造) (Manufacturing of protective film forming composition (III-1))

使用與實施例1相同的方法,獲得熱硬化性之保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)。 The same method as in Example 1 was used to obtain a thermosetting protective film forming composition (III-1).

(黏著劑組成物(I-4)-7之製造) (Manufacture of adhesive composition (I-4)-7)

使用與比較例3相同的方法,製備非能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物(I-4)-7。 Using the same method as in Comparative Example 3, a non-energy-ray-curable adhesive composition (I-4)-7 was prepared.

(支持片之製造) (Support film manufacturing)

使用黏著劑組成物(I-4)-7代替黏著劑組成物(I-4)-1,除此以外,使用與實施例1相同的方法,獲得支持片(10)-14。 Except that the adhesive composition (I-4)-7 was used instead of the adhesive composition (I-4)-1, the same method as in Example 1 was used to obtain a support sheet (10)-14.

(保護膜形成用複合片之製造) (Manufacturing of composite sheet for forming protective film)

使用支持片(10)-14代替支持片(10)-1,除此以外,使用與實施例1相同的方法,製作保護膜形成用複合片。 The supporting sheet (10)-14 was used instead of the supporting sheet (10)-1, except that the same method as in Example 1 was used to produce a composite sheet for forming a protective film.

<支持片之評價> <Evaluation of Supporting Films>

使用與實施例1相同的方法,評價霧度及透過清晰度。結果示於表1。 The same method as in Example 1 was used to evaluate the haze and clarity of transmission. The results are shown in Table 1.

<保護膜形成用複合片之評價> <Evaluation of Composite Sheet for Forming Protective Film>

使用與實施例1相同的方法,評價貼片機適性、雷射印字視認性及印字文字粗度。結果示於表1。 Using the same method as in Example 1, the applicability of the mounter, the visibility of laser printing, and the thickness of printed characters were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 1.

[比較例5] [Comparative Example 5]

(保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)之製造) (Manufacturing of protective film forming composition (III-1))

使用與實施例1相同的方法,獲得熱硬化性之保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)。 The same method as in Example 1 was used to obtain a thermosetting protective film forming composition (III-1).

(黏著劑組成物(I-4)-7之製造) (Manufacture of adhesive composition (I-4)-7)

使用與比較例3相同的方法,製備非能量線硬化性之黏著劑組成物(I-4)-7。 Using the same method as in Comparative Example 3, a non-energy-ray-curable adhesive composition (I-4)-7 was prepared.

(支持片之製造) (Support film manufacturing)

於聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯製膜的單面經聚矽氧處理進行剝離處理之剝離膜的前述剝離處理面,塗敷上述所獲得之黏著劑組成物(I-4)-7,於120℃下加熱乾燥2分鐘,藉此形成厚度5μm之非能量線硬化性之黏著劑層。 The adhesive composition (I-4)-7 obtained above was applied to the peeling treatment surface of the peeling film on one side of the polyethylene terephthalate film that was peeled off by the silicone treatment. Heat and dry at 120°C for 2 minutes to form a non-energy ray-curable adhesive layer with a thickness of 5 μm.

繼而,於該黏著劑層的露出面,貼合厚度60μm之聚丙烯製膜(Riken Technos公司製造,消光面(表面粗糙度(Ra):0.50μm)/光澤面(表面粗糙度(Ra):0.10μm)基材)的光澤面,藉此製造支持片(10)-15。 Then, on the exposed surface of the adhesive layer, a polypropylene film with a thickness of 60 μm (manufactured by Riken Technos Co., Ltd., matte surface (surface roughness (Ra): 0.50 μm)/gloss surface (surface roughness (Ra): 0.10 μm) the glossy surface of the substrate), thereby manufacturing the support sheet (10)-15.

(保護膜形成用複合片之製造) (Manufacturing of composite sheet for forming protective film)

使用支持片(10)-15代替支持片(10)-1,除此以外,使用與實施例1相同的方法,製作保護膜形成用複合片。 The support sheet (10)-15 was used instead of the support sheet (10)-1, except that the same method as in Example 1 was used to produce a composite sheet for forming a protective film.

<支持片之評價> <Evaluation of Supporting Films>

使用與實施例1相同的方法,評價霧度及透過清晰度。結果示於表1。 The same method as in Example 1 was used to evaluate the haze and clarity of transmission. The results are shown in Table 1.

<保護膜形成用複合片之評價> <Evaluation of Composite Sheet for Forming Protective Film>

使用與實施例1相同的方法,評價貼片機適性、雷射印字視認性及印字文字粗度。結果示於表1。 Using the same method as in Example 1, the applicability of the mounter, the visibility of laser printing, and the thickness of printed characters were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 1.

Figure 106126075-A0305-02-0135-1
Figure 106126075-A0305-02-0135-1

表1中,關於合格與否判定,將貼片機適性為A評價,雷射印字視認性為A評價或B評價之片設為「合格」將上述情況以外之情況設為「不合格」。 In Table 1, the applicability of the mounter is evaluated as A, the recognizability of laser printing is evaluated as A or B as "pass", and the cases other than the above are regarded as "unqualified".

根據表1,支持片的霧度為46%以上時,貼片機適性為A評價。推測原因在於,當支持片的霧度為46%以上時,具有一定程度之濁度(霧度),藉此進行帶前端的位置 調整之光學感測器中,可藉由雷射照射而檢測支持片的前端位置。 According to Table 1, when the haze of the support sheet is 46% or more, the mounter suitability is evaluated as A. Presumably, the reason is that when the haze of the support sheet is 46% or more, it has a certain degree of turbidity (haze), which can be used to position the front end of the belt. In the adjusted optical sensor, the position of the front end of the support sheet can be detected by laser irradiation.

另外,根據表1,支持片的霧度為46%以上,且透過清晰度為100以上時,雷射印字視認性為B評價以上,透過清晰度為200以上時,雷射印字視認性為A評價。推測原因在於,藉由抑制位於支持片底面之基材的外表面的光散射,雷射印字的視認性提高。再者,當支持片的霧度為46%以上時,具有一定程度之濁度(霧度),藉此雷射光於支持片內部適度散射,可加寬印字文字粗度,從而有助於提高雷射印字的視認性。 In addition, according to Table 1, when the haze of the support sheet is 46% or more, and the transmission resolution is 100 or more, the laser printing visibility is rated B or higher, and when the transmission resolution is 200 or more, the laser printing visibility is A Evaluation. Presumably, the reason is that the visibility of laser printing is improved by suppressing light scattering on the outer surface of the substrate located on the bottom surface of the support sheet. In addition, when the haze of the support sheet is 46% or more, it has a certain degree of turbidity (haze), by which the laser light is properly scattered inside the support sheet, which can widen the thickness of the printed text, thereby helping to improve The visibility of laser printing.

根據以上情況可明確,藉由將支持片的霧度及透過清晰度設為適當範圍,可獲得對保護膜的雷射印字性優異,且保護膜的印字視認性亦優異的保護膜形成用複合片。 Based on the above, it is clear that by setting the haze and transparency of the support sheet to an appropriate range, it is possible to obtain a composite for forming a protective film with excellent laser printability on the protective film and excellent visibility of the printing on the protective film. piece.

(產業可利用性) (Industrial availability)

本發明可用於製造半導體裝置。 The present invention can be used to manufacture semiconductor devices.

1A‧‧‧保護膜形成用複合片 1A‧‧‧Composite sheet for forming protective film

10‧‧‧支持片 10‧‧‧Support film

10a‧‧‧支持片的表面 10a‧‧‧Support the surface of the film

11‧‧‧基材 11‧‧‧Substrate

11a‧‧‧基材的表面 11a‧‧‧The surface of the substrate

12‧‧‧黏著劑層 12‧‧‧Adhesive layer

12a‧‧‧黏著劑層的表面 12a‧‧‧The surface of the adhesive layer

13‧‧‧保護膜形成用膜 13‧‧‧Film for forming protective film

13a‧‧‧保護膜形成用膜的表面 13a‧‧‧The surface of the protective film forming film

15‧‧‧剝離膜 15‧‧‧Peeling film

Claims (8)

一種保護膜形成用複合片,係具備基材,且於前述基材上依序積層黏著劑層及保護膜形成用膜而成;作為前述基材及前述黏著劑層之積層物之支持片的霧度係高於45%至90%以下;前述支持片的透過清晰度為100以上至450以下;作為前述基材的構成材料為聚乙烯、聚乙烯以外的聚烯烴、乙烯系共聚物、氯乙烯系樹脂、聚苯乙烯、聚環烯烴、聚酯、2種以上之前述聚酯之共聚物、聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚胺基甲酸酯、聚丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯、聚醯亞胺、聚醯胺、聚碳酸酯、氟樹脂、聚縮醛、改性聚苯醚、聚苯硫醚、聚碸、或是聚醚酮;前述黏著劑層所含有之黏著劑為丙烯酸系樹脂、胺基甲酸酯系樹脂、橡膠系樹脂、聚矽氧系樹脂、環氧系樹脂、聚乙烯醚、聚碳酸酯、或是酯系樹脂。 A composite sheet for forming a protective film, comprising a base material and sequentially laminating an adhesive layer and a protective film forming film on the base material; as a support sheet for the laminate of the base material and the adhesive layer The haze is higher than 45% to 90% or less; the transparency of the support sheet is from 100 to 450; the constituent materials of the substrate are polyethylene, polyolefins other than polyethylene, ethylene-based copolymers, and chlorine Vinyl resins, polystyrene, polycyclic olefins, polyesters, copolymers of two or more of the aforementioned polyesters, poly(meth)acrylates, polyurethanes, polyacrylate urethanes, poly Imide, polyamide, polycarbonate, fluororesin, polyacetal, modified polyphenylene ether, polyphenylene sulfide, polysulfide, or polyetherketone; the adhesive contained in the aforementioned adhesive layer is acrylic Resin, urethane-based resin, rubber-based resin, silicone-based resin, epoxy-based resin, polyvinyl ether, polycarbonate, or ester-based resin. 如請求項1所記載之保護膜形成用複合片,其中於前述黏著劑層中的具備前述保護膜形成用膜之側的表面中未積層前述保護膜形成用膜之區域,具備治具用接著劑層。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to claim 1, wherein the area on the surface of the adhesive layer on the side where the film for forming the protective film is not laminated with the film for forming the protective film is provided with an adhesive for jig Agent layer. 如請求項1或2所記載之保護膜形成用複合片,其中前述保護膜形成用膜為能量線硬化性。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the film for forming a protective film is energy ray curable. 如請求項1或2所記載之保護膜形成用複合片,其中前述保護膜形成用膜為熱硬化性。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the film for forming a protective film is thermosetting. 如請求項1或2所記載之保護膜形成用複合片,其中前述保護膜形成用膜為非硬化性。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the film for forming a protective film is non-curable. 如請求項1或2所記載之保護膜形成用複合片,其中前述黏著劑層為能量線硬化性或非能量硬化性。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the adhesive layer is energy ray curable or non-energy curable. 如請求項1或2所記載之保護膜形成用複合片,其中前述黏著劑層的厚度為3μm至20μm。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the thickness of the adhesive layer is 3 μm to 20 μm. 如請求項1或2所記載之保護膜形成用複合片,其中前述基材的一表面的表面粗糙度為0.11μm以上至1.30μm以下,且於前述表面粗糙度的表面以直接接觸之方式積層有前述黏著劑層。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film as described in claim 1 or 2, wherein the surface roughness of one surface of the aforementioned base material is 0.11 μm or more and 1.30 μm or less, and is laminated on the surface of the aforementioned surface roughness in direct contact There is the aforementioned adhesive layer.
TW106126075A 2017-03-30 2017-08-02 Composite sheet for forming protective film TWI733870B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017068187 2017-03-30
JP2017-068187 2017-03-30

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201837136A TW201837136A (en) 2018-10-16
TWI733870B true TWI733870B (en) 2021-07-21

Family

ID=63677793

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW106126075A TWI733870B (en) 2017-03-30 2017-08-02 Composite sheet for forming protective film

Country Status (4)

Country Link
KR (1) KR102445532B1 (en)
CN (1) CN109789666A (en)
TW (1) TWI733870B (en)
WO (1) WO2018179475A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102519799B1 (en) * 2018-03-30 2023-04-10 린텍 가부시키가이샤 Composite sheet for forming support sheet and protective film
WO2020095484A1 (en) * 2018-11-06 2020-05-14 Dic株式会社 Adhesive composition and surface protective film
JP6906560B2 (en) * 2019-04-03 2021-07-21 リンテック株式会社 Adhesive sheet and display
JP7333211B2 (en) * 2019-06-21 2023-08-24 リンテック株式会社 Composite sheet for forming protective film and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip with protective film
JP7326102B2 (en) * 2019-10-07 2023-08-15 リンテック株式会社 Protective film forming film and protective film forming composite sheet
JP7326103B2 (en) * 2019-10-07 2023-08-15 リンテック株式会社 Protective film forming film and protective film forming composite sheet
JP7326100B2 (en) * 2019-10-07 2023-08-15 リンテック株式会社 Protective film forming film and protective film forming composite sheet
JP7326101B2 (en) * 2019-10-07 2023-08-15 リンテック株式会社 Protective film forming film and protective film forming composite sheet
CN111154419A (en) * 2020-03-03 2020-05-15 江西科为薄膜新型材料有限公司 Matte white board film
KR20220156513A (en) * 2020-03-27 2022-11-25 린텍 가부시키가이샤 Manufacturing method of sheet for semiconductor device manufacturing
JP2022092286A (en) 2020-12-10 2022-06-22 リンテック株式会社 Manufacturing method of workpiece with protective film and manufacturing method of workpiece with protective film-forming film

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW201602303A (en) * 2014-05-23 2016-01-16 琳得科股份有限公司 Composite sheet for forming protective film

Family Cites Families (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5432853B2 (en) 1971-10-11 1979-10-17
JP5124778B2 (en) * 2008-09-18 2013-01-23 リンテック株式会社 Laser dicing sheet and semiconductor chip manufacturing method
JP5452353B2 (en) 2010-05-14 2014-03-26 三井化学東セロ株式会社 Adhesive film for protecting semiconductor wafer and adhesive film roll for protecting semiconductor wafer
JP5432853B2 (en) * 2010-07-30 2014-03-05 日東電工株式会社 Dicing tape-integrated film for semiconductor back surface, manufacturing method thereof, and manufacturing method of semiconductor device
US20130260140A1 (en) * 2010-12-06 2013-10-03 Kimoto Co., Ltd. Auxiliary sheet for laser dicing
JP2012212122A (en) * 2011-03-18 2012-11-01 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Polarizer protective film
KR20120112097A (en) * 2011-03-31 2012-10-11 스미또모 가가꾸 가부시키가이샤 Light diffusion film and method of manufacturing thereof, application liquid therefor, and polarization plate and liquid crystal display using the same
JP5821309B2 (en) * 2011-06-14 2015-11-24 住友化学株式会社 Light diffusing adhesive sheet, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display panel
WO2014155756A1 (en) 2013-03-26 2014-10-02 リンテック株式会社 Adhesive sheet, composite sheet for forming protective film, and method for manufacturing chip with protective film
KR102053703B1 (en) * 2014-03-28 2019-12-09 동우 화인켐 주식회사 Composition for Light Diffused Anti-Glare Film and Light Diffused Anti-Glare Film Using the Same
CN106463370B (en) * 2014-07-04 2019-06-21 琳得科株式会社 Film is used in protective film formation
JP6549902B2 (en) * 2015-05-27 2019-07-24 日東電工株式会社 Dicing die bond film, method of manufacturing semiconductor device and semiconductor device
WO2016195071A1 (en) * 2015-06-05 2016-12-08 リンテック株式会社 Composite sheet for forming protective film

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW201602303A (en) * 2014-05-23 2016-01-16 琳得科股份有限公司 Composite sheet for forming protective film

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2018179475A1 (en) 2018-10-04
TW201837136A (en) 2018-10-16
KR102445532B1 (en) 2022-09-20
CN109789666A (en) 2019-05-21
KR20190134992A (en) 2019-12-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI733870B (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film
JP6298226B1 (en) Composite sheet for protective film formation
TWI743361B (en) Resin layer forming film and resin layer forming composite sheet
TW202106502A (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film
TW201728638A (en) Curable resin film and sheet for forming first protective film
JP6818009B2 (en) Composite sheet for forming a protective film
JPWO2019186990A1 (en) Support sheet and composite sheet for forming protective film
TWI790400B (en) Protective film forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, method for inspection and method for identification
JP7182611B2 (en) COMPOSITE SHEET FOR PROTECTIVE FILM FORMATION AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING SAME
JP6445747B1 (en) Composite sheet for protective film formation
TW202115433A (en) Support sheet, film for forming protective film, composite sheet for forming protective film, and method for manufacturing workpiece with protective film in which the composite sheet for forming protective film includes a support sheet and a film for forming protective film on one side of the support sheet
KR102328791B1 (en) Composite sheet for forming a protective film
JP2021061324A (en) Protective film forming film and protective film forming composite sheet
JP7387510B2 (en) Protective film-forming film, protective film-forming composite sheet, and method for transporting workpieces with protective film-forming film
TWI770021B (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film
WO2020116288A1 (en) Composite sheet for protective film formation and method for producing semiconductor chip
JP6805230B2 (en) Composite sheet for forming a protective film
WO2020116275A1 (en) Protective film-forming composite sheet and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip
TW202129777A (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film
TW202138513A (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film and manufacturing method of chip having protective film wherein the composite sheet includes a supporting sheet and a protective film forming film
JPWO2019187000A1 (en) Support sheet and its manufacturing method, and protective film forming composite sheet and its manufacturing method
TW202111054A (en) Film for forming protective film, composite sheet for forming protective film, and manufacturing method of workpiece processing article with protective film wherein the composite sheet for forming a protective film includes a support sheet and a film
TW202027993A (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip
JPWO2020116282A1 (en) Manufacturing method of composite sheet for forming protective film and semiconductor chip
JPWO2019187014A1 (en) Support sheet and composite sheet for forming protective film